Home

CSA7404B, TDS7704B, TDS7404

1. connector 50 Q Coaxial cables Figure 4 9 Initial test hookup b Initialize the instrument Press DEFAULT SETUP c Modify the default settings From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab Touch Average and set the number of averages to 16 2 Confirm input channels are within limits for DC gain accuracy Do the following substeps test CH 1 first skipping substep 2a since CH 1 is already selected from step 1 a Select an unchecked channel From the tool bar touch MEAS and then Clear to remove the previous measurement Press the Vertical button of the channel just confirmed to remove the channel from the display Press the front panel Vertical button that corresponds to the channel you are to confirm Set the generator output to 0 V Move the test hookup to the channel you selected b Turn on the measurement Mean for the channel 4 50 CSA7404B From the tool bar touch MEAS and select the Ampl tab then touch Mean to measure the mean of the current channel Touch Setup Statistics and touch Measurement Statistics Mean to display the measurement statistics of the mean measurement TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests W Press Close Set the vertical scale Set the vertical SCALE to one of the settings in Table 4 4 that is not yet checked Start with the first setting listed
2. UN Y Y Y INTENSITY nuroser cursors FastAcq C3 HORIZONTAL c TRIGGER Y POSITION d 1 95 e E SOURCE COUPLING SLOPE FINE RESOLUTION dap x CH3 HF AEJ ARM MORE ira READY t SAMPLE 4 SCALE gt MODE HORE o LEVEL PUSH TO SET 50 TOUCH SCREEN VERT gt VERTICAL POSITION POSITION POSITION ggg POSITION A A A A ST SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE 3 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Operating Information Front Panel I O Map following illustration shows the input output connectors and floppy disk drive location CSA7000B Series lt Floppy disk drive Olo gjo o Ses 0 BEC ole 91228 o e Fle Fe FeS oo output Recovered clock output Recovered data output Optical input inputs Probe compensation iif 8 e o Ground terminal OJE converter electrical output TDS7000B Series CL Floppy disk drive g Qoo oor ssslo SSs S aoe 0 e A0 __0 e output Probe compensation s s 8 s ont Ground terminal Auxiliary trigger inpu
3. generator 8 2 o00 r Output O oo 2X Attenuator gt C 50 Q Terminations 50 Q Coaxial cable Figure 4 19 Initial test hookup 1 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button b Modify the initialized control settings m Turn on all vertical channels press the Vertical button of any off channels CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 and CH 4 Set the Horizontal SCALE to 1 ns m Set the Vertical SCALE of CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 and CH 4 to 100 mV m From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab Set the acquisition mode as follows TDS7704B Touch Sample All other CSA TDS7000B Touch Average set the number of averages to 16 4 86 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Set the sampling mode as follows TDS7704B Touch the Interpolated Real Time IT button other CSA TDS7000B Touch the Equivalent Time ET button From the button bar touch MEAS Touch the Source Channel 1 button Select the Ampl tab then touch the Amplitude button Touch Close Set the Trigger SOURCE to CH 1 Press PUSH TO SET 50 c Hook up the test signal source Connect through a 50 2 precision coaxial cable a 2X attenuator and a TCA BNC adapter the output of the generator to CH 1 see Figure 4 19 Connect TC
4. TUE M3 t Chi Position H 5 0div T Nee a T Ch1 Scale i 5t 0mV m Turn on the measurement called mean and read the results here Ma 520 Mean 7 899 3 899 29436 ENell 150 0015 2 5GS s 400ps pt Figure 4 8 Measurement of DC accuracy at maximum offset and position f Check against limits CHECK that the readout for the measurement u readout on screen is within the limits listed for the current vertical scale and position off set generator settings Enter value on test record Repeat substep d reversing the polarity of the position offset and generator settings as is listed in the table CHECK that the u measurement readout on screen is within the limits listed for the current vertical scale setting and position offset generator settings Enter value on test record Repeat substeps c through f until all vertical scale settings listed in Table 4 3 are checked for the channel under test g Test all channels Repeat substeps a through f for all four channels CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests 3 Disconnect the hookup a Set the generator output to 0 V b Disconnect the cable and adapter from the generator output and the input connector of the channel last tested Check DC Gain Accuracy Equipment required Two
5. 4 78 Figure 4 16 Measurement of analog bandwidth 4 80 Figure 4 17 Initial test hookup 4 83 Figure 4 18 Measurement of channel delay 4 84 Figure 4 19 Initial test hookup 4 86 Figure 4 20 Initial test hookup 4 91 Figure 4 21 Initial test hookup 4 92 Figure 4 22 Initial test hookup 4 93 Figure 4 23 Final test 4 94 Figure 4 24 Delta time accuracy test hookup 4 96 Figure 4 25 Initial test hookup 4 99 Figure 4 26 Measurement of time accuracy for pulse and glitch triggering 4 100 Figure 4 27 Initial test hookup 4 102 Figure 4 28 Measurement of trigger sensitivity 50 MHz results 4 103 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual V Table of Contents vi Figure 4 29 Initial test hookup 4 107 Figure 4 30 Measurement of trigger out limits 4 109 Figure 4 31 Initial test hookup 4 110 Figure 4 32 Measurement of probe compensator frequency 4 111 Figure 4 33 Subsequent test hookup 4 112 Figure 4 34 Measur
6. 1 xviii Product and Feature Description 1 2 Acquisition Features 1 2 Signal Processing Features 1 3 Display Features bg a gw ERRARE 1 3 Measurement 1 3 Trigger Features serai na pr REUS Rx ARR ERU RARI 1 4 Convenience Features 1 4 Specification Tables 1 5 Certifications and Compliances 1 28 Operating Information 2 1 Install tlon hig ES ER d PED etm 2 1 Before YOU Staft libr pd RO Dated qua el ee d eaa 4 2 1 Environmental Considerations 2 1 Connect the 2 1 Power the 2 4 Powering Off the Instrument 2 5 Software Installation 2 5 Operating Information 21 2 7 Back Up User Files occ ene eee Rd 2 7 User Interface Map sciente en ne Pared qae eer et adn 2 7 Front Panel Controls Map 2 9
7. 6 21 Figure 6 9 Front panel assembly 6 24 Figure 6 10 J1 flex cable connector removal 6 25 Figure 6 11 Front panel board and keyboard removal 6 26 Figure 6 12 Display 6 28 Figure 6 13 Touch panel and LCD assembly removal 6 29 Figure 6 14 Display adaptor board removal 6 30 Figure 6 15 Power flex circuit removal 6 31 Figure 6 16 Floppy disk drive assembly removal 6 32 Figure 6 17 Floppy disk drive removal 6 33 Figure 6 18 Hard disk drive 1 6 34 Figure 6 19 Separating the halves of the drive cartridge 6 34 Figure 6 20 Hard disk drive removal from cartridge 6 35 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Table of Contents Figure 6 21 CD drive assembly 6 36 Figure 6 22 CD drive and bracket removal 6 37 Figure 6 23 Front and rear power distribution and PA bus boards 6 39 Figure 6 24 Low voltage power supply removal 6 40 Figure 6 25 Micro ATX battery removal 6 41 Figure 6 26 Drive frame and ATX assembly removal 6 43 Figure 6 27 ATX assembly troubleshooting position
8. Ih 1 20 0u Mathi 3 OdBra 400 Hz Figure 4 46 Optical impulse response NOTE In Figure 4 46 the left cursor is at the DC frequency right cursor is at the 3 dB frequency i The f2 readout should be at or above the limit shown in Table 4 16 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests j Check that the instrument meets the bandwidth specification at 3 dB 6 dBm in readout as listed in Table 4 16 Enter value on test record 13 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the cables and adapters from the instruments Sine Wave Generator Leveling Procedure Some procedures in this manual require a sine wave generator to produce the necessary test signals If you do not have a leveled sine wave generator the following procedure to level the output amplitude of your sine wave generator Equipment required Sine wave generator Item 12 Level meter and power sensor Item 13 Two male N to female BNC adapters Item 15 One SMA to BNC adapter Item 19 Two precision coaxial cables Item 4 Prerequisites See page 4 17 1 Install the test hookup Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4 47 start with the sine wave generator connected to the instrument 2 Set the Generator m Set the sine wave generator to a reference frequency of 10 MHz m Adjust the sine wave generator amplitude to the required number of divisions as measured by the instrument
9. 5 1 Adjustment nce n m a WE m rover et es 5 1 Maintenance Maintenance 6 1 Preventing ESD 3 stu E E 6 1 Inspection and Cleaning 6 2 General ed XR RUNE UNE Cer UE PP UE 6 2 Cleaning Optical Connectors 6 2 Interior Cleaning 2 6 3 Exterior Cleaning 222222522522 i Ri 6 4 Flat Panel Display Cleaning 6 4 Removal and Installation Procedures 6 9 Preparation ud e nito Dui dam bogus Ba T de ds 6 9 Procedures for External Modules 6 11 Procedures for Modules 6 23 Troubleshooting 6 65 Service Lev l i oe ree UESTRE AREA Pea de 6 65 Check for Common Problems 6 65 Equipment Required 6 67 Fault Isolation Procedure 6 67 and MicroATX PC Diagnostics 6 72 Software Updates isis er b Rx ehe see e 6 75 Altor R palr eee re Re RU e Re 6 75 BIOS Error Messages
10. Each procedure consists of as many steps substeps and subparts as required to do the test Steps substeps and subparts are sequenced as follows l First Step a First Substep m First Subpart m Second Subpart b Second Substep 2 Second Step Insteps and substeps the lead in statement in italics instructs you what to do while the instructions that follow tell you how to do it as in the example step below Initialize the instrument Push the front panel DEFAULT SETUP button STOP The STOP notation at the left is accompanied by information you must read to do the procedure properly The term toolbar refers to a row of buttons at the top of the display The term menu bar refers to a row of menus at the top of the display You can switch between toolbar and menu bar operating modes by pushing the button near the top right corner of the display See Figure 4 1 4 2 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Verification Toolbar ver Jf Horiz Jf trig JT Disp Wcursor Meas Jf Masks f Math Jl Setups rers Jf App J T Menu Tek Run Sample 06 TT LEES 19 Click here to change to menu bar mode Menu bar gt Edit Vertical Horiz Acq Trig Display Cursors Measure Masks Math App Utilities Buttons Tek Run Sample 12 Jun 03 09 00 54 Click here to change to toolbar mode Figure 4 1 Toolbar and menu bar CSA7000B Series shown
11. Table 4 12 Clock recovery input frequencies and baud rates Input frequency Recovered clock Baud rate 1 5625 GHz 3125 Mbaud 781 25MHz 3125 Mbaud 781 25 MHz 2968 8 Mbaud 742 19 MHz 3125 Mbaud 600 MHz 2400 Mbaud 575 00 MHz 2300 Mbaud 575 00 MHz 2185 Mbaud 546 25 MHz 2300 Mbaud 390 63 MHz 1562 5 Mbaud 388 13 MHz 1552 5 Mbaud 194 06 MHz 7716 25 Mbaud 194 06 MHz 737 44 Mbaud 184 36 MHz 776 25 Mbaud 136 44 MHz 574 50Mbaud 143 27 MHz 545 78 Mbaud 97 031 MHz 388 13 Mbaud 48 766 MHz 195 06 Mbaud 24 383 MHz 97 531 Mbaud 12 191 MHz 48 766 Mbaud 6 0957 MHz 24 383 Mbaud 3 0479 MHz 12 191 Mbaud 1 5239 MHz 6 0957 Mbaud 761 96 kHz 3 0479 Mbaud 380 98 kHz 1 5239 Mbaud CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 123 Performance Tests Tek Run Sample 18 Jun 03 16 22 03 Recovered clock locked 1 5625 GHz i 1 i f 250ps 20 0GS s 1 0ps pt C10 0V Freq 1 562GHz Recovered clock locked All frequencies except 1 5625 GHz ON Freq TEXT TU ET m EET ETE 20 0GS s IT 4 0ps pt C12 0mV possible display with the PE rre recovered clock not locked Ed 250ps 20 0GS s IT 1 0ps pt 500 C1 40mV Freq 654 0MHz Figure 4 40 Clock recovery 4 124 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Perfor
12. Tek Run Average 18 Jun 03 11 38 31 2 Ch1 Offset O E deme Sus tede id decl H HU eiut SOR NEA ECT erie eet cele dac ELE NUR CE fabs Ch1 Scale a 1000 00mV 0 T y TEER PRESSE ro qn Exc 2 i 5 2 i i 4 Ampl Time More Histog Comm Source Setup Gast Risa Time Pos Width Period Ch Ref Freq Channel Ej Fall Time Neg Width Gating Snapshot xw pm Duty Duty Delay Statistics Histogram ir Annotation Figure 4 32 Measurement of probe compensator frequency CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 111 Performance Tests c Save the probe compensation signal in reference memory m Touch Refs then select the Ref 1 tab m Touch the Save Wfm to Refl Save button to save the probe compensation signal in reference 1 m Disconnect the cable from CH 1 and the probe compensation connector m Touch the Display button to toggle it to on to displayed the stored signal d Hook up the DC standard source m Set the output of a DC calibration generator to off or 0 volts m Connect the output of a DC calibration generator through a dual banana connector followed by a 50 Q precision coaxial cable to one side of a BNC T connector See F
13. at V 3 OV 4 V 738 0 mV to 4782 0 mV 738 0 mV to 4782 0 mV 11 490 V to 41 550 V 11 477 V to 41 563 V 3 44 V 1 477 V to 1 563V a E 42V 44 4 96 V 500 mV 90 V 43 724 V to 43 876 V 90 V 10V 80 V 3 701 V to 43 899 V 1 10 V 2 0 V 3 701 V to 3 899 V 1 0 5 V 5V 7 448 V to 7 752 V 5 856 V to 6 144 V 5 856 V to 6 144 V i MB 4 56 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting mean means Accuracy limits CH4 2 414 80 mV to 15 60 mV TAE 40 5 V 414 40 mV to 16 00 mV 0 5 V 14 28 mV to 16 00 mV W Eu 437 40 mV to 438 76 mV 0 0 5 V i s E mv _ 36 84 mV to 39 16 mV 36 84 mV to 39 16 mV 74 48 mV to 77 52 mV 73 64 mV to 78 36 mV 0 5 V 73 64 mV to 78 36 mV M E 40 5 V Pe baer g 0 5 V ii sv peer 1149 0 mV to 4155 0 mV 1147 1 mV to 4156 9 mV 1147 1 mV to 4156 9 mV 1372 4 mV to 4387 6 mV 1366 7 mV to 4393 3 mV 366 7 mV to 4393 3 mV 1744 8 mV to 4775 2 mV CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 57 Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Scale Position Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel se
14. COORG Woe OO ANS TA 4 PS T 15 Torx 2 12 s Right side cover 6 6 Cover removal Figure 6 19 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Left side trim Top cover trim N Left side cover SS NSS i 40000 amp N Pd Right side trim Rear foot Carrying handle SS Right side cover NS Bottom cover Chassis Acquisition trim vA Ne Front panel trim Front panel cover Figure 6 7 External modules CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 20 Removal and Installation Procedures CD drive Se CD drive Interface Microprocessor ATX assembly gt fan and heat sink 4 Riser board Power PC PPC board Low voltage power supply assembly Power flex Acquisition 47 circuit board PA bus N Front panel Rear board board istributi S distribution Front panel board keypad Display module assembly Front panel assembly Figure 6 8 Internal modules CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 21 Removal and Installation Procedures 6 22 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service M
15. CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 137 Performance Tests Sine wave generator Instrument under test Output Level meter Connect the sine wave generator to the instrument and the Power sensor power sensor as directed in the text te E Input Figure 4 47 Equipment setup for maximum amplitude 3 Record the reference level Disconnect the sine wave generator from the instrument Connect the sine wave generator to the power sensor Note the level meter reading 4 Set the generator to the new frequency and reference level Change the sine wave generator to the desired new frequency Input the correction factor and or the new frequency into the level meter Adjust the sine wave generator amplitude until the level meter again reads the value noted in step 3 The signal amplitude is now correctly set for the new frequency Disconnect the sine wave generator from the power sensor Connect the sine wave generator to the instrument 4 138 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual BENNETT Adjustment Procedures EEE Adjustment Procedures Adjustment Interval This chapter contains adjustment information for your instrument The voltage and timing references inside the instrument are very stable over time and should not need routine adjustment
16. If the instrument fails performance tests refer to Performance Tests on page 4 17 then adjustment may be required If periodic calibration is one of your requirements a general rule is to verify performance and make adjustments only if needed every 2000 hours of operation or once a year if the instrument is used infrequently Adjustment After Repair Adjustment After removal and replacement of a module due to electrical failure you must either perform an adjustment or not depending on the module replaced Modules listed as customer replaceable have adjustment listed if required Modules not listed as customer replaceable must be installed and adjusted by Tektronix See Table 6 7 on page 6 76 If your instrument requires adjustment adjustment must be performed by a Tektronix Service Center See Contacting Tektronix on the Copyright page of this manual for information on contacting Tektronix Service Support CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 5 1 Adjustment Procedures 5 2 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Maintenance Maintenance Preventing ESD A This section contains the information needed to do periodic and corrective maintenance on the instrument The following subsections are included Preventing ESD General information on preventing damage by electros tatic discharge Inspection and Cleaning Information and proce
17. Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Difference of Scale Position Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting Divs setting setting mean means Accuracy limits CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B CH1 2 mV 7 60 mV 7 60 mV 517 6 0 5 V 502 4 mV 517 6 mV 544 mV 0 5 V 506 mV 544 mV 588 mV 0 5V 512 mV 588 mV 676 0 mV 0 5 V 524 0 mV 676 0 mV 940 mV 14 80 mV to 15 60 mV 14 40 mV to 16 00 mV 14 40 mV to 16 00 mV 5 mV 37 24 mV to 38 76 mV 36 84 mV to 39 16 mV 36 84 mV to 39 16 mV 10 mV 74 48 mV to 77 52 mV 73 64 mV to 78 36 mV 73 64 mV to 78 36 mV 20 mV 149 0 mV to 155 0 mV 147 1 mV to 156 9 mV 147 1 mV to 156 9 mV 50 mV 372 4 mV to 387 6 mV N Cc Cc co e ce e e o e 5 3 3 3 3 3 gt 3 z z 3 366 7 mV to 4393 3 mV CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 51 Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Measurement measurement Channel mean means Accuracy limits 5 0 5 V 4 5V iim iil ut 4 6 V P se p ju ENS p jp ENS bo aa pep x Ss p je p NN p jp p PRENNE 366 7 mV to 4393 3 mV 1744 8 mV to 4775 2 mV 738 0 mV to 4782 0 mV 738 0 mV to 4782
18. preceding a signal name indicates that the signal performs its intended function when in the low state Other standards used in the preparation of diagrams by Tektronix Inc are Tektronix Standard 062 2476 Symbols and Practices for Schematic Drafting m ANSI Y14 159 1971 Interconnection Diagrams m ANSI Y32 16 1975 Reference Designations for Electronic Equipment m MIL HDBK 63038 1A Military Standard Technical Manual Writing Handbook CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 9 1 Diagrams Display Inverter Panel Display Board Video Adapter Drive MicroATX USB Board Adapter Board Sound Floppy Drive Board Serial Parallel Bridge Ethernet Mouse EE Keyboard Touch Panel DE Adapter CD RW Drive PPC Board ON STANDBY Front GPIB Panel RS232 TTYO Diags Cal adjust lock XGA OJE Converter 5 7000 Series Optical In Electrical Out HPI Probe Interface LVPS Board Acquisition Board Aux In Aux Out Recovered Data Sig Out Recovered CSA7000B Series Ref Out Figure 9 1 Instrument block diagram 9 2 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Saas Replaceable Mechanical Parts Mechanical Parts List This section contains a list of the replaceable modules for the instrument Use this list to identify and order replacement parts Parts Ordering Informatio
19. Ch Offset i 00V F Ch1 Scale 100 0 Won ennt X beet 100 200us 100 200us 2 5MS s 400ns pt 254mV Figure 4 34 Measurement of probe compensator amplitude g Check against limits m Subtract the value just obtained base level from that obtained previously top level m CHECK that the difference obtained is within 400 mV to 600 mV inclusive Enter voltage difference on test record 3 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the cable and adapter from CH 1 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 113 Performance Tests Serial Trigger Checks TDS7000B Series Option ST and CSA7000B Series Only These procedures check those characteristics that relate to the serial trigger system and are listed as checked in Specifications Check Serial Trigger Baud Rate Limits and Word Equipment Recognizer Position required Accuracy One precision 50 Q coaxial cables Item 4 One sine wave generator Item 12 One SMA to BNC TCA BNC or TCA SMA adapters Item 19 Prerequisites See page 4 17 Also the instrument must have passed Check DC Voltage Measurement Accuracy on page 4 45 l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls Instrument under test Sine wave generator 50 Q Coaxial cables Figure 4 35 Initial test hookup a Hook Up the test
20. Fast Acquisition Acquire up to 400 000 waveforms per second to see rapidly changing signals or intermittent signal irregularities Long Record Lengths Choose record lengths from 500 points up to 500 000 points per channel up 2 000 000 points on a single channel Extend the maximum record length up to a maximum of 64 000 000 points with memory options Peak Detect Acquisition Mode See pulses as narrow as 400 ps even at the slower time base settings Peak detect helps you see noise and glitches in your signal Acquisition Control Acquire continuously or set up to capture single shot acquisitions Enable or disable optional acquisition features such as equivalent time or roll mode Use Fast Frame acquisition to capture and time stamp many events in a rapid sequence Horizontal Delay Use delay when you want to acquire a signal at a significant time interval after the trigger point Toggle delay on and off to quickly compare the signal at two different points in time CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Optical to Electrical Converter CSA7000B Series only Test optical signals using the integrated optical to electrical converter and a fully calibrated signal path Recovered clock and data signals are available Optical reference receivers are available for selected optical communications standards Signal Processing Average Envelope and Hi Res Acquisition Use Average acquisition
21. Touch the Select button m Touch the Comm button Set Source to Ch1 Type to R Clk and Coding to NRZ 2 Verify the clock recovery at frequency a From the button bar touch Trig and select the A Event tab b Setthe sine wave generator to output one of the input frequencies in Table 4 12 on page 4 123 that is not yet checked Start with the first setting listed c Setthe instrument Bit Rate to the Recovered clock Baud rate listed in the table for the current input frequency NOTE The instrument will attempt to acquire lock once If the input data is disrupted removed or heavily distorted the instrument may not acquire lock or may loose lock If the recovered clock is not locked to the incoming data the waveform display will not be stable see Figure 4 40 Once the input data is available press the PUSH SET TO 50 knob to force the instrument to acquire lock again d Press PUSH TO SET 50 NOTE As the input frequency is lowered adjust the Horizontal SCALE to maintain about 3 to 5 eyes across the display e Verify that lock is acquired as in Figure 4 40 f Repeat substeps b through d for each input frequency and Baud rate listed in Table 4 12 on page 4 123 g Ifalltests pass enter passed in the test record 3 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the cables and adapters from the inputs and outputs 4 122 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests
22. 0 0 5 V i s E mv _ 36 65 mV to 39 35 mV 36 65 mV to 39 35 mV 74 10 mV to 77 90 mV 73 26 mV to 78 74 mV 73 26 mV to 78 74 mV 588mV em 40 5 V Pe is 40 5 V ii sv peer 1148 2 mV to 4155 8 mV 1146 4 mV to 4157 6 mV 1146 4 mV to 4157 6 mV 370 5 mV to 4389 5 mV 4364 8 mV to 4395 2 mV 4364 8 mV to 4395 2 mV 1741 0 mV to 4779 0 mV CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 63 Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Scale Position Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting Divs setting setting mean means Accuracy limits pw E a g 3 4 V av oV V 1734 2 mV to 4785 8 mV 1734 2 mV to 4785 8 mV 11 482 V to 41 558 V 11 469 V to 41 571 V 11 469 V to 41 571 V un E 12V 3 44 V 4 96 V 500 mV 1 90 V 3 705 V to 43 895 V 90 V 10V 80 V 1 90 V 13 682 V to 43 918 V 1 1 10 V 2 0 V 3 682 V to 3 918 V 1 0 5 V 5V 7 410 V to 7 790 V 5 826 V to 6 174 V 5 826 V to 6 174 V i MB 4 64 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting mean means Accuracy limits CH4 2mV 414 74 mV to 415 66 mV TAE 40 5 V 414 28 mV to
23. 10dB Optical OUTPUT attenuator DIRECT INPUT OUTPUT OJE Electrical Fiber optic cable Fiber optic cable dE Figure 4 44 Optical bandwidth hookup 6 Select the Horizontal tab do the following a Setthe Scale to 2 5 ns div This setting will make it easier to initially locate the optical pulse later in the procedure b Setthe Position to 15 0 This setting will make it easier to locate the first optical pulse later in the procedure c Setthe Rec Length to 500 Verify that the sample rate is still set to 20 65 5 7 From the tool bar touch Vert do the the following a Set the Scale to 20 0 un W div b Set Position to 2 0 div c Setthe Calibrated Wavelength to 1550 nm 8 Press the PUSH TO SET 50 button to set the trigger point midway on the rising signal 9 Decrease the amount of attenuation provided by the optical attenuator until a pulse appears 10 Adjust the attenuation of the variable optical attenuator until it produces an impulse pulse amplitude of 80 uWp p See Figure 4 45 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Procedure Follow this procedure to make the optical system bandwidth checks Table 4 16 system bandwidth Instrument Bandwidth 3 dB 6 dBm on readout CSA7404B 2 4 GHz 1 T NER M mom Figure 4 45 Proper positioning of the impulse 11 Turn a magnitude FFT of the optical impulse the Impulse Respo
24. 4 eee e ee D eee epe Eee De AC 6 76 BIOS Beep Codes su ree ee e eed e A e Re 6 81 Dip Switch Controls eR 6 82 Diagnostic LED isset ree RR tr n rre 6 83 Troubleshooting Using Reset Circuits 6 84 Update Restore the MicroATX Board CMOS 6 86 Installing an Authorization 6 87 Hard Disk Drive Maintenance 6 87 Repackaging Instructions au oU Dea ject erred e ecu 6 89 Packaging ee tied sek y ED Rash iae Yate RUE E ERE TEES 6 89 Shipping to the Service 6 89 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual iii Table of Contents Options Electrical Parts List Diagrams Mechanical Parts List ODtIOllS I I E EI 7 1 Eccl 0d 7 3 Electrical Parts 15 8 1 SYMBOLSK MIT C EU 9 1 Parts Ordering 10 1 Module Servicing essen emen er ee etre pee tea 10 1 Using the Replaceable Parts 180 10 2 Abbreviations 22 uino LA br ode pere obe reden quels hend 10 2 Mfr Code to Manufacturer Cross Index 10 2 CSA
25. 5 V offset 5 05 V 0 V offset 25 mV 5 V offset 4 95 V 2 500 mV Vert scale setting 5 V offset 5 068 V 0 V offset 65 mV 5 V offset 491V CH2 1 0 V Vert scale setting 2 5 V offset 2 3725 V 2 6275 V 0 V offset 115 mV 115 mV 2 5 V offset 2 6275 V 2 3725 V CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 35 Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Temperature Date of Calibration Instrument performance test CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4 CH4 CH4 CH4 4 36 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 5 V offset 0 V offset 0 5 V offset 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 5 V offset 0 V offset 0 5 V offset 100 mV Vert scale setting 5 V offset 0 V offset 5 V offset 500 mV Vert scale setting 5 V offset 0 V offset 5 V offset 1 0 V Vert scale setting 2 5 V offset 0 V offset 2 5 V offset 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 5 V offset 0 V offset 0 5 V offset 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 5 V offset 0 V offset 0 5 V offset 100 mV Vert scale setting 5 V offset 0 V offset 5 V offset 500 mV Vert scale setting 5 V offset 0 V offset 5 V offset 1 0 V Vert scale setting 2 5 V offset 0 V offset 2 5 V offset Certificate Number RH Technician 496 55 mV 503 45 mV 1 7 mV 1 7 mV 503 45 mV 496 55 mV 491 00 mV 509 00 mV 6 5 mV 6 5
26. Cable clamp Wa ATX assembly Release and insert Front of instrument Rear of instrument Figure 6 27 ATX assembly troubleshooting position h To remove the assembly from the instrument Disconnect J410 J510 J180 J182 and J182 from the processor board 6 44 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Processor Figure 6 28 Cables i Slide the assembly to the rear of the instrument and lift to remove the assembly j Remove the Micro ATX board assembly from the instrument Remove from the instrument PES Rear of instrument Figure 6 29 Micro assembly removal CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 45 Removal and Installation Procedures 4 Remove the Micro ATX Board See Figure 6 31 page 6 47 a Disconnect 1961 USB J9F2 Front Panel USB J2H1 power J6H1 and J6H2 IDE and 12 V cable connectors from the Micro ATX board J9F2 front panel USB EE Figure 6 30 Cables b Remove the six T 15 Torxdrive screws that secure Micro ATX board to the ATX assembly c Remove the 3 16 nut posts that secure the connectors to the rear of the ATX assembly d Remove the Micro ATX board from the assembly 5 Reinstallation Do in reverse steps 3 and 4 to reinstall the Micro ATX board 6 46 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS
27. m The procedures assume you have connected a mouse to the instrument so you can click on the screen controls If you have not connected a mouse you can use the touch screen to operate all the screen controls CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 3 Performance Verification 4 4 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual SS Brief Procedures The Self Tests use internal routines to confirm basic functionality and proper adjustment No test equipment is required to do these test procedures The Functional Tests utilize the probe compensation output at the front panel as a test signal source for further verifying that the instrument functions properly A BNC cable and a BNC to SMA adaptor or a TCA BNC adapter are required to do these test procedures Self Tests This procedure uses internal routines to verify that the instrument functions and was adjusted properly No test equipment or hookups are required Verify Internal Adjustment Equipment Self Compensation and required Diagnostics Prerequisites None Power on the instrument and allow a 20 minute warm up before doing this procedure l Verify that internal diagnostics pass Do the following substeps to verify passing of internal diagnostics a Display the System diagnostics menu m Ifthe instrument is in toolbar mode click the MENU button to put the instrument into menu bar mode m Pull down the
28. 031 1663 2TEK1633 OBD 367 0528 00 407 4887 00 200 4775 00 D30 0156 01 200 4774 00 63 526 101 0159 00 200 4653 00 335 1055 00 335 1041 00 2TEK1648 101 0165 00 260 2783 00 335 0990 00 335 0986 00 335 0988 00 335 0987 00 10 5 Mechanical Parts List Replaceable Parts List Cont die Tektronix part Serialno Serial Mfr number number effective discont d Qty amp description code part number 335 0989 00 1 MARKER IDENT MKD 057154 W ADHESIVE 0 05 335 0989 00 22 200 4825 00 1 COVER TOP LEFT 0 050 AL TK1943 200 4825 00 23 200 4521 00 1 COVER LEFT PC ABS 13 654L X 8 250W TEK BLUE 7X318 2 1632 24 200 4520 00 1 COVER TOP PC ABS 17 200L X 13 550W TEK BLUE 7X318 2 1637 10 6 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Mechanical Parts List Figure 10 1 External parts 10 7 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Mechanical Parts List Replaceable Parts List Fig amp Tektronix Serialno Serial Mfr number number effective discontd Qty amp description code Mfr part number 2 1 407 4943 00 1 BRACKET CD ROM TK1943 407 4943 00 2 679 5653 00 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CDRW ADAPTER BRD TK1943 679 5653 00 3 211 0950 00 4 SCREW M2 X 4X3L PNH PHL STL NI PLT 0 01 211 0950 00 4 119 6839 00 1 DISK DRIVE 644MEG CD RW 16 6 MB SEC IDE ATAPI 50356 CD W28E 93 5 200
29. 39 35 mV 74 10 mV to 77 90 mV 73 26 mV to 78 74 mV 73 26 mV to 78 74 mV 588mV em 40 5 V Pe 40 5 V ii sv peer 1148 2 mV to 4155 8 mV 1146 4 mV to 4157 6 mV 1146 4 mV to 4157 6 mV 370 5 mV to 4389 5 mV 4364 8 mV to 4395 2 mV 4364 8 mV to 4395 2 mV 1741 0 mV to 4779 0 mV CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 61 Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Scale Position Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting Divs setting setting mean means Accuracy limits pw E a g 3 4 V av oV V 1734 2 mV to 4785 8 mV 1734 2 mV to 4785 8 mV 11 482 V to 41 558 V 11 469 V to 41 571 V 11 469 V to 41 571 V un E 12V 3 44 V 4 96 V 500 mV 1 90 V 3 705 V to 43 895 V 90 V 10V 80 V 1 90 V 13 682 V to 43 918 V 1 1 10 V 2 0 V 3 682 V to 3 918 V 1 0 5 V 5V 7 410 V to 7 790 V 5 826 V to 6 174 V 5 826 V to 6 174 V i MB 4 62 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting mean means Accuracy limits CH3 2mV 414 74 mV to 415 66 mV TAE 40 5 V 414 28 mV to 416 12 mV 0 5 V 14 28 mV to 16 12 mV W Eu 437 05 mV to 438 95 mV
30. 400 0ps 500 Freq 436 5MHz 0 433 403 t1 400 Ops 2 5ns div 12 400 Ops 20 0GS s IT 5 0ps pt At 800 ps Al Serial 1 Wat 1 250 2 i 4 gt 564 B Event f Mode Aerial Acquire Format msb Serial Pattern Isb Trigger Type Serial v Select Hex 30000000 4924 9249 Tek Run Sample if Freq 433 7MHz 4321866 500 t1 400 0 2 5ns div 12 400 Ops 20 0GS s IT 5 0ps pt At 800 0ps ci 1 25GHz A Event gt 8564 BEvent Mode Esma Format msb Serial Pattern Trigger Seld Y Select Cancel Figure 4 37 Isolated 1 triggering CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests 1 Touch Apply m Verify that the instrument triggers one Unit Interval UI after the 1 in the input signal see Figure 4 37 Enter pass or fail in the test record 4 Verify that the pattern matching circuits can do isolated 1 a Adjust the trigger LEVEL to trigger at 75 1 division on the sine wave b Set the Format to Binary and then touch the Clear button NOTE When entering the Serial Pattern Data you only need to enter the 1 and any trailing bits When you touch the a
31. Frame length and maximum number of frames Maximum number of frames for Sample or Peak Detect acquisition mode depending on memory option installed Frame length Maximum number of frames 50 points Standard 648 5872 Option 2M 2660 24088 Option 3M 5321 48192 Option 4M 5321 48192 Option 5M 10644 96408 500 points Standard 580 3560 Option 2M 2381 14632 Option 3M 4765 29272 Option 4M 4765 29272 Option 5M 9531 58552 5000 points Standard 163 720 Option 2M 669 2968 Option 3M 1339 5936 Option 4M 1339 5936 Option 5M 2679 11880 50 000 points Standard 19 80 Option 2M 81 328 Option 3M 163 656 Option 4M 163 656 Option 5M 327 1320 500 000 points Standard 2 8 Option 2M 8 32 Option 3M 16 64 Option 4M 16 64 Option 5M 32 128 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 1 13 Specifications Table 1 3 Horizontal and acquisition system specifications Cont Characteristic Update rate maximum Internal time base reference frequency 4 Long term sample rate and delay time accuracy Aperture uncertainty typical Time base delay time range Delta time measurement accuracy Description Fast Acquisition on 400 000 waveforms per second Fast Acquisition off 60 waveforms per second 10 MHz 2 5 ppm over gt 100 ms interval Aging lt 1 ppm per year 2 5 ppm over any 2100 ms interval Aging lt 1 ppm per year Short term lt 2 ps rms records having dur
32. Repackaging Instructions 6 90 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual aaa Options EEE Options This section lists the standard and optional accessories available for the instrument as well as the product options Options The following options can be ordered for the instrument Table 7 1 Options a zd a e gt e e e N oN N N N N A A N i ipti 2 ES Option Description oc ol Ee 1R Rack Mount Kit includes hardware and instructions for converting to rackmount configura tion FHD Acquisition memory 2 3M AM 5M Power cords AQ Al A2 A5 A6 0 A99 Software applications HRR DVI DVD ET3 J2 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 7 1 Options Table 7 1 Options Cont Option TDSJIT3 Essentials application JT3 TDSJIT3 Advanced Jitter Analysis application with random and deterministic jitter analysis 2 TDSCPM2 Compliance Testing for ITU T G 703 and ANSI T1 102 communications standards Requires Option SM PW3 TDSPWR3 Power measurement and analysis application Option and a TCA 1MEG buffer amplifier recommended for use with this software RTE Serial Data Compliance and Analysis application PCI Express Compliance Module for Opt
33. Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum incoming Outgoing Maximum Offset accuracy CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B CH1 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 497 3 mV 502 7 mV 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 17mV 1 7 mV 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 502 7 mV 497 3 mV CH1 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 491 75 mV 508 25 mV 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 6 5mV 6 5 mV 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 508 25 mV 491 75 mV CH1 100 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 4 9575 V 5 0425 V 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 25mV 25 mV 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 5 0425 V 4 9575 V CH1 500 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 4 9175 V 5 0825 V 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 65 65 mV 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 5 0825 V 4 9175 V CH1 1 0 V Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 2 5 V offset 2 37625 V 2 62375 V 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 115 mV 115 mV 0 Div position setting 2 5 V offset 2 62375 V 2 37625 V 2 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 497 3 mV 502 7 mV 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 1 7 1 7 mV 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 502 7 mV 497 3 mV CH2 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position
34. Viewing angle typical Displayed intensity levels Description 64 NRZ Up to 1 25 GBd Edge trigger DC coupling for signals having a slew rate at the trigger point of 0 5 division ns Acquisition mode Error Sample Average 1 waveform interval 200 ps Peak Detect Envelope 2 waveform interval 200 ps 1 5 MBd to 3 125 GBd Above 1250 MHz the clock is only available internally as a trigger source Below 1250 MHz the clock is also available at the Recovered Clock output along with regenerated data CSA7000B Series only lt 0 25 bit period 2 ps rms for PRBS data patterns lt 0 25 bit period 1 2 ps rms for repeating 01 data patterns 2 of requested baud 1 division p p up to 1 25 GBd 1 5 divisions p p above 1 25 GBd Description 210 4 mm 8 3 in W x 157 8 mm 6 2 in H 263 mm 10 4 in diagonal liquid crystal active matrix color display 1024 horizontal x 768 vertical pixels 0 2055 mm horizontal 0 2055 mm vertical 15 ms white to black 59 94 frames per second Horizontal 60 degrees left 60 degrees right Vertical 60 degrees up 45 degrees down Each R G B input is 6 bits giving 64 intensity levels of each color component CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 1 19 Specifications Table 1 7 Input output port specifications Characteristic Description Rear panel 1 0 ports Ports located on the rear panel Video output port Upper video port DB 15 fe
35. operation VIDEO r COMPACT Compact disk drive d ISC USB zs MU SS Audio line out Audio A Removable hard drive or Instrument monitor large screen instrument display SCOPE ONLY XGA OUT PIB GPIB IEEE sip 488 PORT Network EA 22 Figure 2 1 Locations of peripheral connectors on rear panel CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 2 3 Operating Information Power On the Instrument 2 4 Follow these steps to power on the instrument 1 Check that the line fuses are correct for your application Both fuses must be the same rating and type Fuse types require a unique cap and fuseholder See Table 2 2 and Figure 2 2 Table 2 2 Line fuses Cap amp fuseholder Fuse type Fuse part number part number 0 25 x 1 250 inch 8 A fast blow 250 V 159 0046 00 200 2264 00 5x20 mm 6 3 A fast blow 250 V 159 0381 00 200 2265 00 Power switch Fuses AC power Figure 2 2 Line fuse and power cord connector locations rear panel CAUTION Connect the keyboard mouse and other accessories before applying power to the product 2 Connect the power cord 3 If you have an external monitor connect the power cord and power on the monitor 4 Turn the Power swit
36. source attenuator meter Optical output Optical Input O E to SMA adapter 62 5 um Multimode SMA cable and fiber optic cables TCA SMA adapter Figure 4 43 Initial test hookup a Hook up test signal source 1 See Figure 4 43 m Connect the O E Electrical Output to the CH 1 Input using an O E to SMA adapter SMA cable and TCA SMA adapter m Connect the output of a CW laser source through a multimode optical fiber cable to the optical input of a multimode optical attenuator m Connect the output of the optical attenuator to the input of the optical power meter m Set the CW laser source to 780 nm m Setthe multimode optical attenuator for 0 1 mW 10 dBm into the optical power meter CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 129 Performance Tests m Move the optical fiber from the optical power meter to the optical input of the CSA Instrument b Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button c Modify the initialized front panel control settings From the tool bar touch Meas and select the Ampl tab Touch Mean m From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab m Touch Average and set the number of averages to 64 Touch the Close button m Set the Vertical SCALE to 20 mV per division Set the Horizontal SCALE to 200 us Table 4 15 gain Vertical scale Attenuator output Wavelength setting setting s
37. 0 5 V offset 73 26 mV 78 74 mV CH4 20 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 148 2 mV 155 8 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 146 4 mV 157 6 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 146 4 mV 157 6 mV CH4 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 370 5 mV 389 5 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 364 8 mV 395 2 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 364 8 mV 395 2 mV CH4 100 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 741 0 mV 779 0 mV 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 734 2 mV 785 8 mV 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 734 2 mV 785 8 mV CH4 200 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 1 482 V 1 558 V 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 1 469 V 1 571 V 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 1 469 V 1 571 V CH4 500 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 3 705V 3 895 V 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 3 682 V 3 918 V 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 3682 V 3 918 V CH4 1 0 V Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 7 410V 7 790 V 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 5 826 V 6 174 V 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 5 826 V 6 174 V 4 32 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number
38. 0 V offset 1 482 V 1 558 V 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 1 469 V 1 571 V 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 1 469 V 1 571 V CH3 500 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 3 705V 3 895 V 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 3 682 V 3 918 V 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 3682 V 3 918 V CH3 1 0 V Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 7 410V 7 790 V 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 5 826 V 6 174V 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 5 826 V 6 174 V CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 31 Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum Incoming Outgoing Maximum CH4 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 14 74 mV 15 66 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 14 28 mV 16 12 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 14 28 mV 16 12 mV CH4 5 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 37 05 mV 38 95 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 36 65 mV 39 35 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 36 65 mV 39 35 mV CH4 10 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 74 10 mV 77 90 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 73 26 mV 78 74 mV 5 Div position setting
39. 0 mV 11 490 V to 41 550 V 11 477 V to 41 563 V 11 477 V to 1 563V 13 724 V to 43 876 V 3 701 V to 3 899 V EN 43 701 V to 43 899 V um 42 0 V Ea 7 448 V to 47 752 V 15 856 V to 46 144 V 15 856 V to 46 144 V 4 52 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting mean means Accuracy limits CH2 2 414 80 mV to 15 60 mV TAE 40 5 V 414 40 mV to 416 00 mV 0 5 V 14 40 mV to 16 00 mV W Eu 437 24 mV to 438 76 mV 0 10 5 V i s ers mv _ 36 84 mV to 39 16 mV 36 84 mV to 39 16 mV 74 48 mV to 77 52 mV 73 64 mV to 78 36 mV 0 5 V 73 64 mV to 78 36 mV M E 40 5 V Pe baer g 0 5 V ii sv peer 1149 0 mV to 4155 0 mV 1147 1 mV to 4156 9 mV 1147 1 mV to 4156 9 mV 1372 4 mV to 4387 6 mV 1366 7 mV to 4393 3 mV 366 7 mV to 4393 3 mV 1744 8 mV to 4775 2 mV CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 53 Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Scale Position Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting Divs setting setting mean means Accuracy limits ew at V 3 OV 4 V 738 0 mV to 4782 0 mV 738 0 mV to 4782 0 mV 11 490
40. 119 5116 00 ST PC 119 4513 00 DIN PC 47256 119 4546 00 Diamond 2 5 119 4556 00 Diamond 3 5 119 4558 00 SMA 2 5 119 4517 00 SMA 119 4557 00 Dust cap optical CSA7404B 200 4104 00 Requires TCA BNC TekConnect BNC adapter NOTE The P6339A probe is not supported by this instrument 7 6 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual ee Replaceable Electrical Parts Electrical Parts List The modules that make up this instrument are often a combination of mechanical and electrical subparts Therefore all replaceable modules are listed in Section 10 Mechanical Parts List Refer to that section for part numbers when using this manual CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 8 1 Electrical Parts List 8 2 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Diagrams Diagrams This section describes the electrical operation of the instrument and modules using the major circuit blocks or modules Figure 9 1 on page 9 2 shows the instrument module interconnections Symbols Graphic symbols and class designation letters are based on ANSI Standard Y32 2 1975 Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1 1 1972 Logic symbology is based on ANSI IEEE Std 91 1984 in terms of positive logic Logic symbols depict the logic function performed and can differ from the manufacturer s data The tilde
41. 14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR PO BOX 500 10B VAN DYKE AVENUE 1775 NW CORNELIUS PASS RD 43 WU CHUAN ROAD WU KU INDUSTRIAL PARK 10156 TORINO VAICENTALLO 62 456 3501 PORTLAND RD NE 1340 FLYNN RD 7431 EVERGREEN PARKWAY City state zip code CHICAGO IL 60646 WESTFIELD PA 16950 PORTLAND OR 97214 4657 PORTLAND OR 97214 4657 HILLSBORO OR 97124 6474 HILLSBORO OR 97124 6474 CAMDEN NJ 08103 METHUEN MA 01844 LIBERTY LAKE WA 99019 SEATTLE WA 98119 2783 SEATTLE WA 98119 2783 TORRANCE CA 90503 2489 PORTLAND OR 97220 PORTLAND OR 97217 CHANDLER AZ 85226 3324 MONTEBELLO CA 90640 6537 SEYMOUR CT 06483 LOGAN UT 84321 BEAVERTON OR 97006 SECAUCUS NJ 07094 PETALUMA CA 94975 0158 BRISBAINE CA 94005 BOISE ID 83707 0006 BOISE ID 83707 0006 DES PLAINES IL 60016 3049 FREMONT CA 94538 ELGIN IL 60120 VANCOUVER WA 98682 BEAVERTON OR 97077 0001 NEW BRUNSWICK NJ 08901 HILLSBORO OR 97124 WU KU TAIPEI HSIEN TAIWAN CN ITALY SALEM OR 97303 CAMARILLO CA 93012 HILLSBORO OR 97124 10 3 Mechanical Parts List Manufacturers cross index cont Mfr code TK2565 26000 SW PARKWAY CENTER DRIVE TK6065 TK6106 6121 6253 6457 6592 10 4 Manufacturer VISION PLASTICS INC ACLARYN PLASTICS R J SINGER INTERNATIONAL INC TUMBLER CORP VOLEX INC BEIJING MINGDAR TECHNOLOGY INC SOURIAU USA CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Address
42. 25 174 4798 00 26 174 4797 00 Serial no effective B010001 B020000 B010001 B010001 B020100 B020100 B010001 B020100 B010001 B020100 Serial no discont d B019999 B019999 B019999 B019999 B019999 Qty Name amp description 1 IC PROCESSOR CMOS MICROPROCESSOR PENTIUMA4 BOXED W FAN amp HEATSINK IC PROCESSOR CMOS MICROPROCESSOR PENTIUMA4 BOXED W FAN amp HEATSINK BATTERY DRY 3 0V LITHIUM MANGANESE DIOX IDE 210MAH 20 X 3 2MM COINCELL CR2032 CA ASSY 10POS FRONT PANEL CA ASSY USB SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 L PNH STL CAD PLT T15 PARTS KIT ATX BOARD W SW W CHASSIS W Bridge TDS7704B PARTS KIT ATX BOARD W SW W CHASSIS W Bridge CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B TDS7154B ATX BOARD WO SW TDS7704B ATX BOARD WO SW CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B TDS7154B CHASSIS UATX FINISHED AL CHASSIS UATX FINISHED AL JACKSCREW 4 40 X 0 312 JACKSCREW 6 32 X 0 320 EXT THD M3 5 X 0 6 6 INT THD X 0 215L GPIB BLACK SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 312 L PNH STL CAD PLT T15 BD SUBASSY ATX XGA BRIDGE BD SUBASSY ATX XGA BRIDGE CIRCUIT BD ASSY PROCESSOR PPC CONN RF JACK BNC PNL 50 OHM FEMALE STR PELTOLA PNL MNT SILVER ALLOY 0 576 MLG X 0 366 TERMN CHASSIS ASSY MAIN POWER SUPPLY CUSTOM AC DC 375W 85 275VAC NUT PLAIN HEX 0 25 32 X 0 375 BRS CD PL WASHER LOCK 0 261 ID INTL 0 018 THK STL CD PL JACK TIP BANANA CHARCOAL GRAY IC MEMORY PROCESSOR CA ASSY RIBBON DISPLAY ADA
43. 25 ns inclusive Enter the time on the test record 3 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the cable and adapter from the generator output and the input connector of CH 1 Check Sensitivity Edge Trigger DC Coupled Equipment required Prerequisites One sine wave generator Item 12 Two precision 50 2 coaxial cables Item 4 One 10X attenuator Item 1 One BNC T connector Item 6 One SMA male to female BNC adapter Item 19 One 5X attenuator Item 2 See page 4 17 l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button b Modify the initialized front panel control settings Set the Horizontal SCALE to 20 ns Press the Trigger MODE button to toggle it to Normal From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab Touch Average and set the number of averages to 16 Touch the Equivalent Time ET button CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 101 Performance Tests c Hook the test signal source CSA7000B Instrument Connect the signal output of the generator to a BNC T connector Connect one output of the T connector to CH 1 through a 50 precision coaxial cable and an adapter Connect the other output of the T connector to the AUX INPUT through 50 precision coaxial cable See Figure 4 27 TDS7000B instrument Sine wave generator To AUX IN on back panel
44. 3 9 mV div DC to 1 GHz 4 mV div to 9 9 mV div DC to 1 25 GHz gt 10 mV div TDS7704B DC to 7 GHz DC to 7 25 GHz typical CSA7404B amp TDS7404B DC to 4 GHz TDS7254B DC to 2 5 GHz TDS7154B DC to 1 5 GHz DC 50 9 coupling Full bandwidth operating ambient 15 C to 30 C 59 F to 86 F derated by 20 MHz C above 30 C 86 F SCALE range Bandwidth 2 mV div to 3 9 mV div DC to 1 GHz 4 mV div to 9 9 mV div DC to 1 25 GHz gt 10 mV div DC to 4 GHz 1 8 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Table 1 2 Channel input and vertical specifications Cont Characteristic Analog bandwidth with P7330 active probe typical CSA7404B and TDS7404B Analog bandwidth with P7260 active probe or TCA BNC adapter typical TDS7704B Calculated rise time typical TDS7704B CSA7404B amp TDS7404B CSA7154 TDS7154B Step response settling errors typical Description DC 50 coupling Full bandwidth operating ambient 15 C to 30 C derated by 20 MHz C above 30 C SCALE range Bandwidth 2 mV div to 3 9 mV div DC to 1 GHz 4 mV div to 9 9 mV div DC to 1 25 GHz 10 mV div DC to 3 5 GHz Operating ambient 15 C to 30 C 59 F to 86 F at V div 10 mV div derated by 20 MHz C above 30 C 86 F 62 ps 100 ps 130 ps 200 ps Full bandwidth Settling error at time after step 2 mV div to 99 5 mV div 20 ns lt 2 with lt 1 5 V step 1
45. 509 00 491 00 5 05 V 25 mV 4 95 V 5 09 V 65 mV 4 91 2 3725 V 2 6275 V 115 mV 115 mV 2 6275 V 2 3725 V 496 55 mV 503 45 mV 1 7 mV 1 7 mV 503 45 mV 496 55 mV 491 00 mV 509 00 mV 6 5 mV 6 5 509 00 491 00 5 05 V 25 mV 4 95 V 5 09 V 65 mV 4 91 V 2 3725 V 2 6275 V 115 mV 115 mV 2 6275 V 2 3725 V CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test minimum incoming outgoing Outgoing Maximum Maximum input voltage CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B CH1 50 mV Vert scale setting 1 V input Pass N A 3 V input Pass N A CH1 1 V Vert scale setting 5 V input Pass N A 10 V input Pass N A CH2 50 mV Vert scale setting 1 V input Pass N A 3 V input Pass N A CH2 1 V Vert scale setting 5 V input Pass N A 10 V input Pass N A CH3 50 mV Vert scale setting 1 V input Pass N A 3 V input Pass N A CH3 1 V Vert scale setting 5 V input Pass N A 10 V input Pass N A CH4 50 mV Vert scale setting 1 V input Pass N A 3 V input Pass N A CH4 1 V Vert scale setting 5 V input Pass N A 10 V input Pass N A Maximum input voltage TDS7704B CH1 50 mV Vert scale setting 1 V input N A 3 V
46. 6 44 Figure 6 28 Cables 6 45 Figure 6 29 Micro ATX assembly removal 6 45 Figure 6 30 Cables 6 46 Figure 6 31 Micro ATX board 1 6 47 Figure 6 32 Microprocessor removal 6 49 Figure 6 33 Fan assembly 6 51 Figure 6 34 Processor board cables 6 53 Figure 6 35 Processor board removal 6 54 Figure 6 36 Bridge board 6 55 Figure 6 37 Acquisition circuit board removal 6 57 Figure 6 38 Front panel combination assembly removal 6 58 Figure 6 39 TekConnect board and TekConnect bucket removal xx ER RE RO 6 59 Figure 6 40 Acquisition circuit board removal 6 62 Figure 6 41 Front panel combination assembly removal 6 63 Figure 6 42 TekConnect board and TekConnect bucket removal 6 64 Figure 6 43 Primary troubleshooting 6 68 Figure 6 44 Location of power on and over current LEDs 6 69 Figure 6 45 Connectors Jl and 6 70 Figure 6 46 The three PCI busses 6 84 Figure 6 47 PCI and MicroATX video connectors 6 85 Figure 6 48 Location of jumpers an
47. 6 56 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures VN lt NI 9 L SI e 15 screw 10 Figure 6 37 Acquisition circuit board removal 0 S Acquisition circuit board 2 Coaxial cables 5 4 Access the Front Panel Combination assembly See Figure 6 38 page 6 58 a Remove the TekConnect ribbon cable by grasping the sides of the connector and pulling up b Remove the 7 16 nut from the inside front of the 4 TekConnect buckets CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 57 Removal and Installation Procedures c Remove the three T 15 Torxdrive screws securing the Acquisition board to the Front Panel Combination assembly TekConnect ribbon cable T 15 Torx screw 3 Nut and washer Cables 3 Figure 6 38 Front panel combination assembly removal 5 Remove the TekConnect circuit board See Figure 6 39 page 6 59 Remove the five T 15 Torxdrive screws securing the TekConnect board to the combination assembly 6 Remove a TekConnect bucket See Figure 6 39 page 6 59 Remove the three T 15 Torxdrive screws securing the TekConnect bucket to the Fro
48. 79 519 21 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH4 2 mV Vert scale setting 519 21 mV 512 79 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH4 50 mV Vert scale setting 881 63 mV 918 38 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH4 50 mV Vert scale setting 918 38 V 881 63 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH4 100 mV Vert scale setting 4 9393 V 5 0607 V 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset CH4 100 mV Vert scale setting 5 0607 V 4 9393 V 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset CH4 1 0 V Vert scale setting 4 1738 V 4 8263 V 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset CH4 1 0 V Vert scale setting 4 8263 V 4 1738 V 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset 4 22 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Temperature Date of Calibration Instrument performance test Certificate Number RH 96 Technician DC voltage measurement accuracy averaged TDS7704B CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 2 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 40 5 V offset 2 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 50 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 50 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 100 mV Vert scale setting
49. A10 CHINA CABLE ASSY PWER 3 18 AWG 92 L STANDARD CABLE SEE FIG 10 1 6 POUCH PLASTIC POUCH STANDARD CABLE SEE FIG 10 1 1 SW KIT OS RESTORE WIN2K RESTORE CD SW KIT OS RESTORE WINXP RESTORE CD Ashland SW KIT OS RESTORE WINXP RESTORE CD LaCrosse MANUAL SET REFERENCES ALL LANGUAGES MANUAL TECH USER MANUAL TECH REFERENCE ENGLISH MOUSE OPTICAL MOUSE Mfr code 80009 TK2548 TK2548 TK2548 TK1373 TK1373 TK2541 3109 TK6253 3109 TK6106 80009 80009 80009 80009 TK2548 TK2548 989644 28 Mfr part number 020 2368 00 071 0879 00 071 0880 00 071 0898 00 161 0104 05 ORDER BY DE SCRIPTION ORDER BY DE SCRIPTION ORDER BY DE SCRIPTION 92 2637 250BKH ORDER BY DE SCRIPTION TK1441 BLACK CORDURA 020 2491 00 020 2570 00 020 2569 00 020 251 9 xx 071 1226 xx 071 1323 xx D66 00029 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Mechanical Parts List Replaceable Parts List Cont Fig amp index number Serial no discont d Serial no effective Tektronix part number 067 0405 02 067 0484 02 020 2449 02 020 2513 00 020 2450 12 063 3632 03 063 3633 03 200 4104 00 020 2494 00 118 9402 00 071 1227 01 016 1790 05 Qty Name amp description 1 FIXTURE CAL PROBE CAL DESKEW CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B TDS7154B FIXTURE CAL PROBE CAL DESKEW TDS7704B ACCESSORY KIT OSCILLOSCOPE ANALYSIS amp CONNETIV ITY
50. Average acquisition mode 216 aver 2 mV div to 3 98 mV div 2 5 6 x netoffset 1V ages reading net offset offset accuracy 0 08 division x V division 4 mV div to 99 5 mV div 2 296 x netoffset tV x reading net offset offset accuracy 0 08 division x V division gt 100 mV div 0 2 x net offset 10V x reading net offset offset accuracy 0 08 division x V division Delta voltage measurement between any 2 mV div to 3 98 mV div 2 5 6 net offset 1V x two averages of 16 waveforms reading 0 16 division x V division acquired under the same setup and setting ient condit 4 mV div to 99 5 mV div 40 2 x net offset 1V x reading 0 16 division x Vidivision setting 100 mV div to 1 V div 2 2 net offset 10V x reading 0 16 division x Vidivision setting Net offset is the nominal voltage that must be applied to the channel to bring the trace to center screen Net offset offset position x volts division and is expressed in volts DC voltage measurement accuracy Measurement type DC accuracy in volts TDS7704B Average acquisition mode 2 mV div to 3 98 mV div 8 6 x net offset 1V x 216 averages reading net offset offset accuracy 0 08 division x V division 4 mV div to 99 5 mV div 2 5 296 x netoffset 1V x reading net offset offset accuracy 0 08 division x V di
51. Figure 6 37 page 6 57 a Disconnect EXT REF and REF OUT coaxial cables from the rear panel BNC connectors Remove the eight 1 15 Torxdrive screws securing the Acquisition assembly to the front chassis Remove the six T 15 Torxdrive screws securing the Acquisition assembly to the chassis Slide the Acquisition board toward the rear of the instrument Then lift the board out of the instrument NOTE If you are replacing the acquisition board assembly do not remove the remaining parts they are part of the replaceable assembly 4 Remove the Front Panel Combination assembly See Figure 6 41 page 6 63 a Remove the TekConnect ribbon cable by grasping the sides of the connector and pulling up Remove the four cables connected to the BNCs Take note of which BNC each cable is connected to for later reassembly Remove the 7 16 nut from the inside front of the 4 TekConnect buckets Remove the three T 15 Torxdrive screws securing the Acquisition board to the Front Panel Combination assembly 6 60 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures e Carefully separate the Acquisition board from the combination assembly chassis at the front corners of the Acquisition board 5 Remove the TekConnect circuit board See Figure 6 42 page 6 64 Remove the five T 15 Torxdrive screws securing the TekConnect board to the combination assembly 6 Remove a TekConne
52. MADE EASY MANUAL W SW ACCESSORY KIT GETTING STARTED WITH OPEN CHOICE SOLUTIONS W SW ACCESSORY KIT OPTIONAL APPLICATIONS W SW SOFTWARE PKG PRODUCT SOFTWARE V2 2 0 CD CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B TDS7154B SOFTWARE PKG PRODUCT SOFTWARE V2 2 0 CD TDS7704B CAP DUST BLACK CSA7404B CLEANING KIT FIBER OPTIC CSA7404B OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES KEYBOARD PS 2 MINI MANUAL TECH SERVICE RACKMOUNT KIT CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Mfr code 80009 80009 TK2548 TK2548 TK2548 TK2548 TK2548 TK2491 80009 01963 TK2548 5Y400 Mfr part number 067 0405 02 067 0484 02 020 2449 02 020 2513 00 020 2450 12 063 3632 00 063 3633 03 UT11 01 020 2494 00 G84 4100PRAUS 071 1227 00 016 1790 05 10 19 Mechanical Parts List 10 20 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual
53. Outputs CH 3 Signal Out and Aux Trigger Out Check Probe Compensation Output Serial Trigger Checks TDS7000B Series Option ST and CSA7000B Series stets ed sk ei pa nace ag hae Doth dud ae Check Serial Trigger Baud Rate Limits and Word Recognizer Position Lew xa RESET ER ERR TER UO E eR EE eae Check Serial Trigger Clock Recovery Optical to Electrical Converter Checks CSA7000B Series Only WWWWWWW 9 1 RE Dod pop E OCOOCDOMANINDAP PAN RB PRB 2 5 ANON WH m PaRAEaHLADRADRARALR ARAL AR 4 4 101 4 106 4 107 4 110 4 114 4 114 4 121 4 125 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Table of Contents Check Dark Level Calibration 4 125 Check Maximum Optical to Electrical Noise 4 127 Check Optical to Electrical Gain 4 129 Check Optical to Electrical System Bandwidth 4 131 Sine Wave Generator Leveling Procedure 4 137 Adjustment Procedure Adjustment Procedures 5 1 Adjustment Interval 5 1 Adjustment After Repair
54. Press DEFAULT SETUP c Modify the default settings W From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab m Touch Average and set the number of averages to 16 2 Confirm input channels are within limits for offset accuracy Do the following substeps test CH 1 first skipping substep 2a since CH 1 is already selected from step 1 a Select an unchecked channel From the tool bar touch MEAS and then Clear to remove the previous measurement Press the Vertical button of the channel just confirmed to remove the channel from the display CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 69 Performance Tests 4 70 W Press the front panel Vertical button that corresponds to the channel you are to confirm m Set the generator output to 0 V Move the test hookup to the channel you selected b Turn on the measurement Mean for the channel W From the tool bar touch MEAS and select the Ampl tab then touch Mean to measure the mean of the current channel W Press Close Set the vertical scale Set the vertical SCALE to one of the settings in Table 4 5 that is not yet checked Table 4 5 Offset accuracy Scale Position setting Offset Generator setting Divs setting setting Accuracy limits CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B 2mV 4497 3 mV to 4502 7 mV 17 mV to 1 7 mV 502 7 mV to 497 3 mV 50 mV o ER 3491 75 mV to 4508 25 mV 6 5 mV to 46 5
55. Sine wave generator om om 0 0 e mite 0 000000 00 e 0 e B 0 Figure 4 27 Initial test hookup 3 aoaaa rt Eg Cs o To AUX IN 50 Q Coaxial cables 2 Confirm the trigger system is within sensitivity limits 50 MHz a Display the test signal 4 102 Set the generator frequency to 50 MHz From the button bar touch MEAS Touch Setup Ref Levs then touch the Min Max button Touch the Setup button and select the Ampl tab then touch the Amplitude button Touch Close Press PUSH TO SET 50 Set the test signal amplitude for about five divisions on screen Now fine adjust the generator output until the CH 1 Amplitude readout indicates the amplitude is 500 mV Readout may fluctuate around 500 mV Disconnect the 50 precision coaxial cable at CH 1 and reconnect it to CH 1 through a 10X attenuator CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests b Check the Main trigger system for stable triggering at limits m Read the following definition A stable trigger is one that is consistent that is one that results in a uniform regular display triggered on the selected slope positive or negative This display should not have its trigger point switching between opposite slopes nor should it roll across the screen
56. TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual xv Environmental Considerations xvi CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Preface Manual Structure Manual Conventions Modules Replaceable Parts Safety This is the service manual for the CSA7000B Communications Signal Analyzer products and the TDS7000B Digital Oscilloscope products Read this preface to learn how this manual is structured what conventions it uses and where you can find other information related to servicing this product Read the Introduction following this preface for safety and other important background information needed before using this manual for servicing this product This manual is divided into chapters which are made up of related subordinate topics These topics can be cross referenced as sections Be sure to read the introductions to all procedures These introductions provide important information needed to do the service correctly safely and efficiently This manual uses certain conventions that you should become familiar with before attempting service Throughout this manual any replaceable component assembly or part is referred to by the term module A module is composed of electrical and mechanical assemblies circuit cards interconnecting cables and user accessible controls This manual refers to any field replaceable assembly or mechanical part specifically by its name or generically a
57. V 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset CH3 100 mV Vert scale setting 5 0702 V 4 9298 V 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset CH3 1 0 V Vert scale setting 4 1475 V 4 8525 V 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset CH3 1 0 V Vert scale setting 4 8525 V 4 1475 V 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset CH4 2 mV Vert scale setting 511 99 mV 520 01 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH4 2 mV Vert scale setting 520 01 mV 511 99 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH4 50 mV Vert scale setting 879 75 mV 920 25 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH4 50 mV Vert scale setting 920 25 V 879 75 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH4 100 mV Vert scale setting 4 9298 V 5 0702 V 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset CH4 100 mV Vert scale setting 5 0702 V 4 9298 V 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset CH4 1 0 V Vert scale setting 4 1475 V 4 8525 V 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset CH4 1 0 V Vert scale setting 4 8525 V 4 1475 V 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset 4 24 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum incoming Outgoing Maximum DC gain accuracy averaged CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B CH1 2 mV Vert s
58. V to 41 550 V 11 477 V to 41 563 V 3 44 V 1 477 V to 1 563V a E 42V 44 4 96 V 500 mV 90 V 43 724 V to 43 876 V 90 V 10V 80 V 3 701 V to 43 899 V 1 10 V 2 0 V 3 701 V to 3 899 V 1 0 5 V 5V 7 448 V to 7 752 V 5 856 V to 6 144 V 5 856 V to 6 144 V i MB 4 54 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting mean means Accuracy limits CH3 2mV 414 80 mV to 15 60 mV TAE 40 5 V 414 40 mV to 416 00 mV 0 5 V 14 40 mV to 16 00 mV W Eu 437 24 mV to 438 76 mV 0 10 5 V i s ers mv _ 36 84 mV to 39 16 mV 36 84 mV to 39 16 mV 74 48 mV to 77 52 mV 73 64 mV to 78 36 mV 0 5 V 73 64 mV to 78 36 mV M E 40 5 V Pe baer g 0 5 V ii sv peer 1149 0 mV to 4155 0 mV 1147 1 mV to 4156 9 mV 1147 1 mV to 4156 9 mV 1372 4 mV to 4387 6 mV 1366 7 mV to 4393 3 mV 366 7 mV to 4393 3 mV 1744 8 mV to 4775 2 mV CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 55 Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Scale Position Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting Divs setting setting mean means Accuracy limits ew
59. a software update contact your Tektronix service center After removal and replacement of a module due to electrical failure you must perform the adjustment or software update as indicated in Table 6 7 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 75 Troubleshooting BIOS Error Messages Table 6 8 BIOS Error messages Error message Table 6 7 Action required for module replaced Module replaced Adjustment required Software update required Front panel assembly None Acquisition board Yes None PPC Processor board Installation by Tektronix is required MicroATX processor assembly Windows instrument application Display panel or display system None Power supply es None Interconnect boards None Fans None OJE Converter CSA7000B Yes None Series Adjustment must be performed by Tektronix 2 Replacement of this board must be performed by Tektronix When the MicroATX board powers on the BIOS runs power on self tests POST to check the board The BIOS writes error codes to location 80h and tries to write the codes to the display If the error is fatal then the POST code indicates the last successful checkpoint reached Table 6 9 lists the error messages displayed by the BIOS Table 6 8 lists the error messages displayed by the BIOS Once the display is enabled errors are written to the display as text messages These messages are always displayed unless the board is configured for sil
60. codes Cont Beep code Error message 11 Invalid BIOS 1long 1 short Video configuration failure or external ROM module checksum error Dip Switch Controls Dip switches are used to direct program flow during power on self test POST A switch set to ON is closed and presents a low state 0 V to the switch buffer This is the default switch position A switch set to OFF is open and presents a high state 3 3 V to the switch buffer This is the set position Table 6 12 describes the switch functions Table 6 12 DIP switch functions Test option Switch Default Set Description 1 1 Meg RAM test 32 Meg RAM test POST does not know how much DRAM is installed in the board Enable phase 2 POST Disable phase 2 POST Use to disable phase 2 of POST 3 Do not loop on phase 2 POST Loop on entire phase 2 POST This switch is checked at every loop iteration so it is possible to break out of this loop by moving switch 3 to the default position You can not loop on a single passing test 4 Allow debug output Suppress debug output Used by the console Checked at every write operation 5 Loop on failing test Continue past failing test If a test fails except DRAM march test and switch 6 is set this switch is checked You can break out of the loop by moving switch 5 to the set position removing the fault or by setting switch 6 to the default position 6 Stop on failing test Continue past failing test If set and a test f
61. controller interface test over next OCh KB controller I B free To issue the BAT command Command byte written global data initialization to keyboard controller done OEh Any initialization after KB controller BAT to be done next OFh Keyboard command byte to be written 10h Going to issue Pin 23 24 blocking unblocking command Going to check pressing of INS END key during power on Lock key checking over Memory size check done Password checked Programming before setup complete 12h To initialization CMOS if Init CMOS in every boot 88h Returned from CMOS setup program and screen is is set or END key is pressed Going to disable cleared DMA and Interrupt controllers 13h Video display is disabled and port B is initialized Chipset initialization about to begin 14h 8254 timer test about to start 8Bh First screen message displayed WAIT gt message displayed 19h About to start memory refresh test Setup options programming after CMOS setup Programming after setup complete about to start 1Ah Memory Refresh line is toggling Going to check 8Dh Going for hard disk controller reset 15 us ON OFF time 23h To read 8042 input port and disable Megakey 8Fh Hard disk controller reset done GreenPC feature Make BIOS code segment writable Optional ROM control is done 2Ah Different buses initialization system static output devices to start if present 2Bh To give contr
62. dual banana connectors Item 5 One BNC T connector Item 6 One DC calibration generator Item 9 One SMA male to female BNC adapter Item 19 Two precision 50 2 coaxial cables Item 4 Prerequisites The instrument must meet the prerequisites listed on page 4 17 set the DC calibration generator to off or 0 volts before connecting disconnect ing and or moving the test hookup during the performance of this procedure Also check that the calibrator does not have shorting straps installed between the DC output sense input or grounds fh WARNING The generator is capable of outputting dangerous voltages Be sure to 1 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls Hook up the test signal source m Set the output of a DC calibration generator to off or 0 volts Connect the output of a DC calibration generator through a dual banana connector followed by a 50 Q precision coaxial cable to one side of a BNC T connector See Figure 4 9 m Connect the Sense input of the generator through a second dual ba nana connector followed by a 50 precision coaxial cable to the other side of the BNC T connector Now connect the BNC T connector to CH 1 through an adapter See Figure 4 9 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 49 Performance Tests Output Sense Bs Dual banana to C BNC adapters Instrument under test DC calibrator
63. in Table 4 9 on page 4 98 for your instrument and for the fastest possible rep rate at least 1 KHz Verify that the measured fall time of the pulse meets the fall time requirement shown in Table 4 9 on page 4 98 Set the pulse generator output for about 500 mV This amplitude can be adjusted later to get a 6 division pulse on screen c Modify the initialized front panel control settings Power on the pulse generator 4 96 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Press AUTOSET You may see both positive and negative pulses Adjust the Trigger LEVEL knob so the trigger level is about 50 of the rising edge of the positive pulse From the button bar touch the Horiz button and select the Acquisi tion tab Press the RT button to turn on Real Time Only Set the horizontal SCALE to 5 ns division The pulse width should be about 6 ns The indicated sample rate should be 20 GS s Set the vertical scale to 20 mV div Adjust the vertical Offset and generator output level as necessary to obtain at least 6 divisions of the positive pulse NOTE If have followed the procedure you should have 120 mV pulse displayed on screen Later in this procedure you will set the instrument to measure the pulse width at the 75 mV level If the pulse you supply to the instrument is not a 120 mV pulse you may need to set the reference level MidRef to something other than 75 mV Set the
64. information that supercedes other product documentation To view the README TXT file open the Notepad Windows accessory and open the file on the product software CD After installation you can also read the copy from a directory on the product C Program Files TekScopeWReadMe txt Operating System Restoration Use the procedure that accompanies your Operating System Restore CD should reinstalling system software become necessary The compact disc contains the files necessary to restore the Windows operating system and necessary drivers for the instrument The Windows operating system and drivers are factory installed on the instru ment hard disk The compact disc serves as a backup in the event that you have to rebuild the hard drive You must restore the Windows operating system before you can install the oscilloscope firmware and other product software CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 2 5 Operating Information 2 6 Application Installation Use the procedures that accompany your Product Software CD should reinstalling the instrument application software become necessary The compact disc contains the files necessary to restore the instrument applica tion and other software for the instrument Software Lock for Upgrades You can use the LockUpgrades utility to prevent users from installing unauthorized firmware upgrades on the instrument This utility requires that a user enter a passw
65. input N A CH1 1 V Vert scale setting 46 5 V input N A 10 V input N A CH2 50 mV Vert scale setting 1 V input N A 3 V input N A CH2 1 V Vert scale setting 46 5 V input N A 10 V input N A CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 37 Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Temperature Date of Calibration Instrument performance test CH3 50 mV Vert scale setting 1 V input 3 V input CH3 1 V Vert scale setting 16 5 V input 10 V input CHA 50 mV Vert scale setting 1 V input 3 V input CH4 1 V Vert scale setting 6 5 V input 10 V input Analog bandwidth CH1 1V 500 mV 200 mV 100 mV 50 mV 20 mV 10 mV 5 mV 2mV CH2 1V 500 mV 200 mV 100 mV 50 mV 20 mV 10 mV 5 2 CH3 1V 500 mV 200 mV 100 mV 50 mV 20 mV 10 mV 5mV 2mV 4 38 Certificate Number RH 96 Technician Pass N A Pass N A Pass N A Pass N A Pass N A Pass N A Pass N A Pass N A CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Ca HN Outgoing Maximum CH4 1V 500 mV 200 mV 100 mV 50 mV 20 mV 10 mV 5mW 2mV Delay between channels Channel isolation 1 5 GHz CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS72
66. its label will be highlighted If this is the case it is not necessary to press the button Verify All Input Channels Equipment required One P7240 probe P7260 probe for TDS7704B One 067 0405 xx 067 0484 for TDS7704B probe calibration and deskew fixture One BNC cable such as Tektronix part number 012 0076 xx or the cable that came with the deskew fixture 012 0208 xx Prerequisites None l Initialize the instrument Push the front panel DEFAULT SETUP button 2 Hook up the signal source Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4 2 to the channel input you want to test beginning with CH 1 NOTE If a probe is not available connect the probe compensation output to the channel input using a BNC cable and adapters CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 7 Brief Procedures CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Jao a BNC cable from PROBE 5 COMPENSATION output to Connect the probe tip to the A input of the Probe the short pin and the Calibration and probe ground the long Ixture pin as shown TDS7704B NOTE If a probe is not available connect the probe compensation output to the channel input using a BNC cable and adapters 067 0405 xx NM NOTE If a probe is not available connect the probe emove compensation output to the the jumper Channel
67. mV 36 65 mV 36 65 mV 74 10 mV 73 26 mV 73 26 mV 148 2 mV 146 4 mV 146 4 mV 370 5 mV 364 8 mV 364 8 mV 741 0 mV 734 2 mV 734 2 mV 1 482 V 1 469 V 1 469 V 3 705V 3 682 V 3682 V 7 400 V 5 826 V 1 5 826 V Certificate Number 15 66 mV 16 12 mV 16 12 mV 38 95 mV 39 35 mV 39 35 mV 77 90 mV 78 74 mV 78 74 mV 155 8 mV 157 6 mV 157 6 mV 389 5 mV 395 2 mV 395 2 mV 779 0 mV 785 8 mV 785 8 mV 1 558 V 1 571 V 1 571 V 3 895 V 3 918 V 3 918 V 7 790 V 6 174V 6 174V 4 29 Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum Incoming Outgoing Maximum 2 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 14 74 mV 15 66 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 14 28 mV 16 12 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 14 28 mV 16 12 mV CH2 5 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 37 05 mV 38 95 mV 5 Div position setting 40 5 V offset 36 65 mV 39 35 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 36 65 mV 39 35 mV 2 10 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 74 10 mV 77 90 mV 5 Div position setting 40 5 V offset 73 26 mV 78 74 mV 5 Div posit
68. mV 508 25 mV to 491 75 mV 100 mV EE 44 9575 V to 45 0425 V 25 mV to 25 mV 5 0425 V to 4 9575 V 500 mV ETE 44 9175 V to 45 0825 V 65 mV to 65 mV 5 0825 V to 4 9175 V 1V ar 2 37625 V to 2 62375 V 115 mV to 115 mV 2 62375 V to 2 37625 V TDS7704B 2mV 3496 55 mV to 4503 45 mV 17 mV to 1 7 mV 503 45 mV to 496 55 mV CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Table 4 5 Offset accuracy Cont setting Divs setting setting Accuracy limits 50 mV 491 00 mV to 509 00 mV 6 50 mV to 46 50 mV 509 00 mV to 491 00 mV 100 mV ETE 44 95 V to 45 05 V 25 mV to 25 mV 5 05 V to 4 95 V 500 mV E 4 91 V to 45 09 V 65 mV to 465 mV 5 09 V to 4 91 V 1V o EGS 42 3725 V to 42 6275 V 115 mV to 115 mV 2 6275 V to 2 3725 V 1 Set as precisely as the instrument s offset resolution permits d Display the test signal W From the tool bar touch VERT and then touch Position W Use the keypad to set vertical position to 0 0 divisions press CLR and then ENTER on the keypad Touch Offset W Use the keypad to set vertical offset to the positive polarity setting listed in the table for the current vertical scale setting The baseline level may move off screen m Set the generator to the level and polarity indicated in the table for the vertical scale position and offset settings you have made The DC test level should appear on screen I
69. mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 3 724 V 3 876 V 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 3 701 V 3 899 V 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 3 701 V 3 899 V CH1 1 0 V Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 7 448 V 7 752 V 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 5 856 V 6 144 V 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 5 856 V 6 144 V CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 25 Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum Incoming Outgoing Maximum 2 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 14 80 mV 15 60 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 14 40 mV 16 00 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 14 40 mV 16 00 mV CH2 5 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 37 24 mV 38 76 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 36 84 mV 39 16 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 36 84 mV 39 16 mV 2 10 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 74 48 mV 77 52 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 73 64 mV 78 36 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 73 64 mV 78 36 mV CH2 20 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 149 0 mV 155 0 mV 5 Div position setti
70. maximum output at the Test frequency and use this for the reference amplitude The 3 db limit be calculated as 0 707 reference amplitude e Display the test signal Do the following subparts to first display the reference signal and then the test signal m From the button bar touch MEAS then select the Time tab m Touch the Freq button to measure the frequency of the current channel m Select the Ampl tab Touch the Pk Pk button m Touch the Statistics button then touch the Mean button m Touch Close button m Set the generator output so the CHx Pk Pk mean readout equals the reference amplitude in Table 4 7 that corresponds to the vertical scale set in substep c CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 79 Performance Tests 4 80 m Set the trigger as follows TDS7704B Touch the Source Line button All other CSA TDS7000B Press the front panel PUSH TO SET 50 as necessary to trigger a stable display At full bandwidth you may also want to make small manual adjustments to the trigger level You can use the Trigger LEVEL knob to do this f Measure the test signal m Set the frequency of the generator as shown on screen to the test frequency in Table 4 7 that corresponds to the vertical scale set in substep See Figure 4 16 m Set the horizontal SCALE to the horizontal scale setting in Table 4 7 that corresponds to the vertical scale set in substep c Press PUSH T
71. mode to Features remove uncorrelated noise from your signal Use Envelope to capture and display the maximum variation of the signal Use Hi Res to increase vertical resolution for lower bandwidth signals Waveform Math Set up simple math waveforms using the basic arithmetic functions or create more advanced math waveforms using the math expression editor Waveform expressions can even contain measurement results and other math waveforms Spectral Analysis Display spectral magnitude and phase waveforms based on your time domain acquisitions Control the instrument using the traditional spectrum analyzer controls such as span and center frequency Display Features Color LCD Display Identify and differentiate waveforms easily with color coding Waveforms readouts and inputs are color matched to increase productivity and reduce operating errors Enhance visualization of waveforms with color grading Digital Phosphor The instrument can clearly display intensity modulation in your signals The instrument automatically overlays subsequent acquisitions and then decays them to simulate the writing and decay of the phosphor in an analog instrument CRT The feature results in an intensity graded or color graded waveform display that shows the information in the intensity modulation Fit to Screen The Digital Phosphor technology performs the compression required to represent all record points on the screen even at the maximum record length setti
72. must be met The instrument must have been calibrated in an ambient temperature between 20 C and 30 C 68 F and 86 F The instrument must be operating within the environmental limits listed in Table 1 12 on page 1 27 The instrument must be powered from a source that meets the specifications listed in Table 1 10 on page 1 25 The instrument must have been operating continuously for at least 20 min utes within the specified operating temperature range You must perform the Signal Path Compensation procedure after the 20 minute warm up period and the ambient temperature must not change more than 5 without first repeating the procedure See Run the signal path compensation routine on page 4 6 for instructions to perform this procedure You must perform the Signal Path Compensation procedure after the 20 minute warm up period and if the ambient temperature changes more than 5 41 F repeat the procedure CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 1 1 Specifications Product and Feature Description 1 2 Acquisition Features Your instrument is shown in Table 1 1 Table 1 1 Instrument models Model channels Bandwidth rate real time Separate Digitizers Ensure accurate timing measurements with separate digitizers for each channel Acquisition on multiple channels is always concurrent The digitizers can also be combined to yield a higher sample rate on a single channel
73. of shipment If any such product proves defective during this warranty period Tektronix at its option either will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor or will provide a replacement in exchange for the defective product Parts modules and replacement products used by Tektronix for warranty work may be new or reconditioned to like new performance replaced parts modules and products become the property of Tektronix In order to obtain service under this warranty Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service Customer shall be responsible for packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by Tektronix with shipping charges prepaid Tektronix shall pay for the return of the product to Customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the Tektronix service center is located Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges duties taxes and any other charges for products returned to any other locations This warranty shall not apply to any defect failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate maintenance and care Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a to repair damage resulting from attempts by personnel other than Tektronix representatives to install repair or service the product b to repair d
74. on serial pattern data Recovered Clock and Data Triggers Use recovered clock and data internally to trigger your waveforms They are also available externally CSA7000B Series only Autoset Use Autoset to quickly set up the vertical horizontal and trigger controls for a usable display If a standard mask is active optional on TDS7000B Series Autoset adjusts the selected waveform to match the mask if possible Touch Screen Interface You can operate all instrument functions except the power switch and the touch screen enable disable switch from the touch screen interface If convenient you can also install a mouse and keyboard to use the interface Toolbar or Menu Bar You can choose a toolbar operating mode that is optimized for use with the touch screen or a PC style menu bar operating mode that is optimized for use with a mouse CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Specification Tables Open Desktop The instrument is built on a Microsoft Windows software platform the instrument application program starts automatically when you apply power to the instrument You can minimize the instrument application and take full advantage of the built in PC to run other applications Moving waveform images and data into other applications is as simple as a copy paste operation Dedicated Front Panel Controls The front panel contains knobs and buttons to provide immediate access to
75. on page 6 71 3 Boot to Safe Mode and restore the registry 4 Consult the Turn on power F Run Checklt Utilities troubleshooting section cause see Checklt Utilities of your Microsoft 1 Instrument power cor on page 6 74 Windows manual is not plugged i E M ia 5 See Troubleshooting hod NN Using Reset Circuits on Instrument 3 Mains power switch page 6 84 powers on 4 Do Isolating to a Board fans If Power Will Not Come Passes all Note It is normal for Up on page 6 69 tests Checklt Utilities to report an audio failure Repair replace failed part Possible cause identified by Checklt 1 SO DIMMs incorrectly Utilities installed or missing 2 Defective controller Run instrument diagnostics see page board 6 75 for instructions 3 Check beep codes on page 6 81 Instrument appears dead dead screen Passes all Acquisition board Flat panel Install XGA tests defective display OK monitor to XGA port If the instrument Application is not already running start it from the Start menu Move monitor to VIDEO port BIOS setting bad Reinstall instrument Bad PPC DA bridge or n board Loose EPE or pidge Instrument Tae user Application Do If the Oscilloscope eT Application Does Not Bad MicroATX PPC or bridge board Work on page 6 71 External Possible cause montor 1 Monitor cable defect
76. procedure in this manual read the Safety Summary found at the beginning of this manual Also to prevent possible injury to service personnel or damage to the instrument components read Installation in Section 2 and Preventing ESD in this section This subsection contains the following items m This preparatory information that you need to properly do the procedures that follow List of tools required to remove and disassemble all modules W Procedures for removal and reinstallation of the electrical and mechanical modules m A disassembly procedure for removal of all the major modules from the instrument at one time and for reassembly of those modules into the instrument Instructions for doing the actual cleaning are found under Inspection and Cleaning at the beginning of this section WARNING Before doing any procedure in this subsection disconnect the power cord from the line voltage source Failure to do so could cause serious injury or death NOTE Read Equipment Required for a list of the tools needed to remove and install modules in this instrument See Table 6 3 page 6 10 Read the cleaning procedure before disassembling the instrument for cleaning CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 9 Removal and Installation Procedures Equipment Required Most modules in the instrument can be removed with a screwdriver handle mounted with a size T 15 Torx screwdriver tip U
77. reference level near the center of the pulse above any noise and below any overshoot or ringing on the pulse d Set up for statistics measurements Press RUN STOP button to freeze the display From the Button bar touch MEAS and select the Time tab to bring up the Time Measurements menu Touch the Positive Width button Touch Setup Statistics Touch the Measurement Statistics All button and then touch Reset to reset the statistics Touch Weight n On the keypad press 1000 then ENTER Touch Setup Touch Setup Ref Levs and then touch Absolute Touch MidRef Using the keypad or multipurpose knobs set the mid reference to 75 mV and press Enter Touch Close Press the RUN STOP button to start the acquisitions Wait about 30 seconds Press RUN STOP button to freeze the display Record the all statistics values CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 97 Performance Tests Calculate the difference of the Maximum M minus the mean Calculate the difference of the mean minus the Minimum m Both differences must be less than or equal to the Delta time accuracy limit shown in Table 4 9 for your instrument Enter the result for delta time on the test record Table 4 9 Delta time measurement Pulse generator rise Instrument type and fall time range Delta time accuracy limit CSA7404B 140 ps 400 ps x 0 030 ns TDS7704B CSA7404B or x 150 ps x 0 015 ns TDS7404B TDS
78. reinsert it in the DMM input Measure the impedance Read and record the measured impedance Add the two measurements and divide the result by 2 Check Average of the two measurements is 48 75 Q and x 51 25 Q Enter average on the test record 3 Set the Vertical SCALE to 100 mV per division and repeat step 2 4 Repeat steps 2 through 3 for the remaining input channels a b c Move the test setup to an unchecked input channel Set the Vertical SCALE of the channel to 10 mV per division Repeat steps 2 through 3 5 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the equipment from the instrument CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 91 Performance Tests Time Base System Checks Check Long Term Sample Rate and Delay Time Accuracy and Reference 4 92 These procedures check those characteristics that relate to the time base system and are listed as checked under Warranted Characteristics in Specifications Equipment required One timer counter Item 11 One 50 precision coaxial cable Item 4 One SMA male to female BNC adapter Item 19 One sine wave generator Item 12 Prerequisites See page 4 17 Instrument under test Timer counter O Input 8 C J9 888 UL 7 1 7 50 Q Coaxial cable Figure 4 21 Initial test hookup l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Hook up the test signal
79. s AS NZS 2064 1 2 Industrial Scientific and Medical Equipment 1992 1 Emissions which exceed the levels required by this standard may occur when this equipment is connected to a test object 2 If interconnect cables are used they must be low EMI shielded cables such as the following Tektronix part numbers or their equivalents 012 0991 00 012 0991 01 012 0991 02 or 012 0991 03 GPIB Cable 012 1213 00 or CA part number 0294 9 RS 232 Cable 012 1214 00 Centronics Cable or LCOM part number CTL3VGAMM 5 VGA Cable 3 Underthese conditions the specifications are amended as follows 10 mV division to 1 V division 0 4 division waveform displacement or 0 8 division increase in peak to peak noise 5 mV division and 2 mV division typical lt 8 mV increase in peak to peak noise CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications EC Declaration of Compliance was demonstrated to the following specification as listed in the Conformity Low Voltage Official Journal of the European Communities Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC amended by 93 68 EEC EN 61010 1 2001 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use U S Nationally UL 61010B 1 2003 Standard for electrical measuring and test equipment Recognized Testing Laboratory Listing Canadian Certification CAN CSA C22 2 No 1010 1 1997 Particular requirements for electrical equipment for m
80. shipped with the instrument Table 7 2 Standard accessories Accessory Part number Graphical Packing List 071 1231 User Manual 071 1226 xx Reference Kit 020 2519 xx Product Software CD CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B 063 3632 xx TDS7704B 063 3633 Operating System Restore CD 020 2569 xx Oscilloscope Analysis and Connectivity Made Easy 020 2449 Optional Applications Software CD and Documentation Kit 020 2450 Getting Started with OpenChoice Solutions Kit 020 2513 xx Option SM and ST User Manual 071 1228 xx Online Help part of the application software Performance Verification a pdf file on the Product Software CD Programmer Online Guide files on the Product Software CD NIST 2540 1 and 1509000 Calibration Certificate Four TekConnect to SMA adapters TDS7704B 5 7404 amp TCA SMA TDS7404B Four TekConnect to BNC adapters TDS7254B amp TDS7154B TCA BNC Two TekConnect high impedance buffer amplifiers includes 2 6139 TCA 1MEG 500 MHz 10x passive probes TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Adapters CSA7404B 020 2423 xx OJE Electrical Out to CH1 Input adapter Tektronix part number 013 0327 xx O E to SMA adapter Tektronix part number 013 0326 U S Power Cord 161 0104 00 Mouse optical 119 6936 xx Keyboard USB 119 B146 xx Front Cover 200 4653 xx Accessory Pouch 016 1441 xx CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 7 3 Options Tab
81. signal source see Figure 4 35 m Connect the sine wave output of the sine wave generator through a 50 Q precision coaxial cable to CH 1 through an adapter m Set the sine wave generator to output a 433 MHz sine wave b Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button c Modify the initialized front panel control settings m Set the vertical SCALE to 50 mV per division m Setthe horizontal SCALE to 2 5 ns per division m Adjust the sine wave generator output for 4 divisions of amplitude centered on the display 4 114 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests m Adjust the trigger LEVEL to trigger at 25 1 division on the sine wave Table 4 10 Serial pattern data Serial pattern data Trigger location B6DB 6DB6 DB6D 6 16 One UI before the 0 6DB6 DB6D B6DB 6DB6 6 At the 0 DB6D B6DB 6DB6 DBED 16 One UI after the 0 2 Verify that the signal path can do isolated 0 and pattern matching circuits can do isolated 1 a From the button bar touch Cursors and then the Setup button If using the menu bar touch Cursors and then select Cursor Setup Touch the Cursor button to toggle it on and display the cursors Set the Tracking Mode to Tracking Touch the Close button Adjust the cursors until the At readout equals 800 ps one unit interval Center the cursors around the center graticule line see Figure 4 36 From the button bar touch Trig select th
82. the B Trig Level control in the control window m Set the front panel trigger mode to NORM b Confirm that the following statements are true m The trigger level readout for the B trigger system changes as you turn the lower multipurpose knob CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 13 Brief Procedures Verify the File System m As you rotate the lower multipurpose knob the square wave probe compensation signal can become triggered and untriggered Leave the signal triggered c Verify the delayed trigger counter m Double click the Trig Delay control to pop up a numeric keypad for that control m Click the keypad to enter a trigger delay time of 1 second and then click Enter m Verify that the trigger READY indicator on the front panel flashes about once every second as the waveform is updated on screen 8 Remove the test hookup Disconnect the BNC cable from the channel input and the probe compensation output Equipment required One BNC cable such as Tektronix part number 012 0076 00 One TCA BNC adapter One 1 44 Mbyte 3 5 inch DOS compatible formatted disk Prerequisites None l Initialize the instrument Push the front panel DEFAULT SETUP button 2 Hook up the signal source Connect the BNC cable from the probe com pensation output to the CH 1 input through a TCA BNC adapter as shown in Figure 4 6 Instrument under test S o UJ BNC cable from PR
83. the modules to be removed in the locator diagram Internal Modules Figure 6 8 on page 6 21 Additional modules to be Removed m Trim all m Bottom cover m Left and Right covers Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its left side is down on the work surface and its right side is facing you Remove the Front Power Distribution board See Figure 6 23 on page 6 39 a Grasp the Front Power Distribution board and pull it out from the instrument to disconnect it from the following connectors J2 Power supply board and J102 Acquisition board b Remove the Rear Power Distribution board Grasp the Rear Power Distribution board and pull it out from the instrument to disconnect it from the following connectors J610 Processor board J1 Power supply board and J102 Acquisition board c Remove the PA Bus Interconnect board Grasp the PA Bus Interconnect board and pull it out form the instrument to disconnect it form the following connectors J611 Processor board and J100 Acquisition board Reinstallation Do in reverse step 3 to reinstall the front and rear power distribution and the bus interconnect boards CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures PA bus circuit board Front power distribution circuit board Rear power distribution circuit board Figure 6 23 Front and rear power distribution and PA bus boards removal Low V
84. the most common instrument controls Separate vertical controls are provided for each channel The same functions are also available through the screen interface Data Storage and 1 0 The instrument has removeable hard disk drive CD RW and a floppy disk drive that can be used for storage and retrieval of data The instrument has GPIB USB Centronics and Ethernet ports for input and output to other devices Online Help The instrument has a complete online help system that covers all features The help system is context sensitive help for the displayed control window is automatically shown if you touch the help button Graphical aids in the help windows assist you in getting to the information you need You can also access the help topics through a table of contents or index Table 1 2 Channel input and vertical specifications Characteristic Input channels Input coupling Input impedance DC coupled VSWR typical Description Four Channel input is disconnected from input termination when using GND coupling DC 50 Q and GND 50 Q 2 5 at 25 C 77 F 0 2 over 0 to 50 C 122 F CSA7404B TDS7404B CSA7154 amp 1 5 for fin 1 GHz TDS7154B TDS7704B 1 7 for fj 2 5 GHz 2 0 for fi 4 GHz 100 mV div gt 100 mV div 1 5 for fj 2 GHz 1 1 for fin 2 GHz 2 for fin 3 GHz 1 2 for fin lt 3 GHz 2 5 for fin lt 6 GHz 1 3 for fin lt 6 GHz CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS715
85. the power flex circuit to the two index posts on the front side of the Display assembly d Firmly press the flex circuit to the Display assembly chassis surface Display assembly Power flex circuit 9 0 4 Front view Display adaptor board Figure 6 15 Power flex circuit removal CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 31 Removal and Installation Procedures Floppy Disk Drive 1 Locate modules to be removed Locate the Floppy Disk Drive in the locator diagram Internal Modules Figure 6 8 page 6 21 Additional modules to be Removed Trim front panel and top 2 Remove the floppy disk drive Use Figure 6 16 as a guide 3 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its bottom is down on the work surface and its front panel is facing you a Remove the two T 15 Torxdrive screws that secure the floppy disk drive assembly to the drive tray b Remove the floppy drive from the instrument by pulling forward on the assembly tabs until the hand hold hole is exposed Grasp the hand hold and pull until the floppy drive disconnects from the connector Torx screw 2 Figure 6 16 Floppy disk drive assembly removal 4 Reinstallation Do in reverse steps a through b to reinstall the floppy disk drive 5 Remove the floppy disk drive from the cartridge a Disconnect the cable at the rear of the car
86. to CH 4 and move the 50 termination to the CH 3 input g Check Amplitude of each trace other than CH 4 is 0 125 division or less discount trace width Enter the largest amplitude on the test record h Select an unchecked vertical SCALE Connect the 2X attenuator to the CH 1 input Move the signal to the CH1 input change the Trigger Source to CH 1 and move the 50 termination to the CH 4 input Press PUSH TO SET 50 Set the Vertical SCALE of CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 and CH 4 to 50 mV Set the test signal amplitude for about five divisions on screen Now fine adjust the generator output until the CH 1 Amplitude readout indicates the amplitude is 250 mV Readout may fluctuate around 250 mV Remove the 2X attenuator Repeat substeps a through g Connect the 2X attenuator to CH 1 Move the signal to the CH 1 input change the Trigger Source to CH 1 and move the 50 Q termination to the CH 4 input Press PUSH TO SET 50 Set the Vertical SCALE of CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 and CH 4 to 10 mV Set the test signal amplitude for about five divisions on screen Now fine adjust the generator output until the CH 1 Amplitude readout indicates the amplitude is 50 mV Readout may fluctuate around 50 mV Remove the 2X attenuator Repeat substeps a through g 4 Display the test signal If your instrument bandwidth is lt 1 5 GHz skip to step 6 Connect the 2X attenuator to CH 1 4 88 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7
87. trim ring by its top edge and pull toward you to detach the three plastic snaps Alternatively you can use a flat bladed screwdriver or other small prying tool to help you detach the snaps c Swing the bottom of the ring upward and off the front panel Remove the acquisition trim Use Figure 6 3 page 6 15 as a guide a Remove the three 15 Torx screws that secure the acquisition trim to the instrument b Remove the acquisition trim from the instrument Remove the top cover trim Use Figure 6 3 page 6 15 as a guide a Remove the accessory pouch it snaps off b Remove the four 1 15 Torx screws that secure the top cover trim to the instrument The 1 15 Torx screws also secure the snap studs to the top Remove the top cover trim from the instrument Reinstallation Do in reverse steps 2 through 5 to reinstall the appropriate trim CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Snap stud 4 T 15 Torx screw Top cover trim A Right side trim N WEA WUE SESS TERR ia Left side trim WS S T 15 Torx screw 2 2 c c B E E c o lt Front panel trim Soldering aid slide the flat end of a soldering aid into the side To remove the trim ring slot on the trim ring Press in then lift up to hook it underneath then pr
88. use the vertical position knob to reposition any channel while doing this check To do so invalidates the test l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Initialize the front panel Press the DEFAULT SETUP button b Modify the initialized front panel control settings Do not adjust the vertical position of any channel during this procedure m Set the horizontal SCALE to 500 ps W From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab m Touch Average and set the number of averages to 16 c Hook the test signal source m Connect the sine wave output of a sine wave generator to a 50 precision coaxial cable followed by a power divider m Connect the power divider to both CH 1 and CH 2 See Figure 4 17 4 82 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Instrument under test Sine wave generator 0 u m 0 noo co e 0 3 utput 3 Power divider Male SMA to female BNC 3 Places F SMA female to female Figure 4 17 Initial test hookup 2 Confirm all four channels are within limits for channel delay a Set up the generator Set the generator frequency to 500 MHz and the amplitude for six to eight divisions in CH 1 Hint As you are adjusting the generator amplitude push PUSH TO SET 50 frequently to speed up the updating of the waveform ampli
89. waveform See Figure 4 18 on page 4 84 W Press CURSORS and select the V Bars Cursors Type Touch the Close button ursors Measure Masks Mah App Utites Hep Buttons ric Curso Tek Run 17 Jun 03 11 02 07 Curs1 Pos TT Agua mme am c e 420 0ps ue Curs2 Pos 382 0 Display the waveforms 1 X 4 Locate the time 2 reference points for these waveforms Align each cursor to the 3 time reference points xc VAR Read results 4 pme oos s 100mV 100 5 ME ti 420 0ps t2 382 Ops t 38 Ops 100ps 10 0GS s IT 2 0ps pt V Wat 26 320 2 4 100m Figure 4 18 Measurement of channel delay g Check against limits Use the cursors to measure the skew from CH 1 to CH 2 CH 1 to CH 3 and CH 1 to CH 4 Write down these three numbers in the first measurement column of Table 4 8 Note that these numbers may be either positive or negative h Move the power divider on CH 1 to CH 2 Move the power divider on CH 4 to CH 1 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests NOTE To eliminate errors caused by the cables and adapters the measurements are repeated and averaged after swapping the channel position of the cables i Repeat the procedure from step 2 a through 2 e j Again use the cursors to measure the skew from CH 1 to CH 2 CH 1 to CH 3 and CH 1 to CH 4 Write down these numbers in the s
90. you selected b Turn on the measurement High for the channel From the tool bar touch MEAS and select the Ampl tab then touch High to measure the high of the current channel 4 74 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests W Press Close Set the vertical scale m Set the vertical SCALE to one of the settings listed in Table 4 6 that is not yet checked Start with the first setting listed W From the tool bar touch VERT and touch Position m Use the keypad to set vertical position to 3 divisions press CLR 3 and then ENTER on the keypad m Set the Coupling to DC m Touch Offset m Use the keypad to set vertical offset to 0 V W Press Close Table 4 6 Maximum input voltage limit Readout Scale Position setting Offset Generator with 10X Limits setting Divs setting setting attenuator without 10X attenuator CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B 50mV 3 1V 100 mV Coupling in CH readout stays 9 300 mV Coupling changes to ground 1 T pene 1V OV 5 500 mV Coupling in CH readout stays 9 Coupling changes to ground TDS7704B 50mV 3 OV HV 100 mV Coupling in CH readout stays 9 300 mV Coupling changes to ground 1V 3 OV 6 5V 650 mV Coupling in CH readout stays 9 Coupling changes to ground d Display the test signal Set the generator to the level and polarity indicated in the table for the vertical scale
91. you use a non standard monitor you may need to change the the display settings to achieve the proper resolution for your monitor Connect the printer to the EPP enhanced parallel port connector directly If your printer has a DB 25 connector use the adapter cable that came with your printer to connect to the EPP connector For information on printer usage see Printing Waveforms in your user instrument manual Refer to the CSA7000 amp TDS7000B Series Rackmount Installation Instructions for information on installing the rackmount kit Refer to the Application release notes on your product CD set for possible additional accessory installation information not covered in this manual WARNING Before installing accessories to connectors mouse keyboard etc power off the instrument See Powering Off the Instrument on page 2 5 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Operating Information Icon Label Locations Ek 9 IL Description ae 5 232 LPT XVGA Out PC only for dual display
92. your instrument CPU Board The CPU board provides fast access to the Acquisition board and the display system The ATX board reads the front panel switches and encoders and implements any changes requested by their settings The CPU board provides a GPIB interface through a rear panel connector ATX Board The ATX board provides standard Windows functionality and I O port interfaces to the rear panel CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Theory of Operation Bridge Board Both processor systems and the display system are connected together by and communicate through the bridge board Rear Panel The hard drive and CD provide access to stored waveform data and software to customize your instrument with your measurement needs The GPIB allows for external control of the instrument You can make hardcopies on the GPIB RS 232 and Centronics ports Another port from the CPU board cal adjust lock The ATX board has two USB ports and one serial port on the rear panel The ATX has 2 USB channels but one is used internally and is not available for use The ATX has one serial port which is routed to the rear panel A microphone input and earphone output exist on the ATX rear panel Ethernet connector is RJ 45 Keyboard and mouse are both PS 2 Low Voltage Power Supply low voltage power supply is a switching power converter with active power factor control It supplies power to all of the circuitry
93. 154B Service Manual Troubleshooting WARNING Before performing this or any other procedure in this manual read the General Safety Summary and Service Safety Summary found at the beginning of this manual To prevent possible injury to service personnel or damage to electrical compo nents please read Preventing ESD on page 6 1 This section contains information and procedures designed to help you isolate faults to a module This section assumes that service personnel have the prerequisite skills required to work on this instrument including PC troubleshooting and Windows operating system skills Details of PC and Windows operation and service are not in this manual For assistance contact your local Tektronix Service Center Service Level This subsection contains information and procedures designed to help you isolate faulty modules in the instrument If a module needs to be replaced follow the Removal and Installation Procedures located in this section Check for Common Problems Use Table 6 4 to quickly isolate possible failures The table lists problems and possible causes The list is not exhaustive but it may help you eliminate a problem that is quick to fix such as a blown fuse or loose cable Table 6 4 Failure symptoms and possible causes Symptom Possible cause s Instrument will not power Power cord not plugged in m Failed fuse m Mains power switch is in off position m Faulty
94. 154B Service Manual Performance Tests m Move the signal to the CH 1 input change the Trigger Source to CH 1 and move the 50 Q termination to the CH 4 input m Press PUSH TO SET 50 m Set the Vertical SCALE of CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 and CH 4 to 100 mV m Setthe Horizontal SCALE to display 2 to 5 cycles of the signal m Set the generator to output a sine wave at the bandwidth of your instrument Set the test signal amplitude for about five divisions on screen Now fine adjust the generator output until the CH 1 Amplitude readout indicates the amplitude is 500 mV Readout may fluctuate around 500 mV m Set the trigger as follows TDS7704B Touch the Source Line button other CSA TDS7000B Press the front panel PUSH TO SET 50 as necessary to trigger a stable display At full bandwidth you may also want to make small manual adjustments to the trigger level You can use the Trigger LEVEL knob to do this m Remove the 2X attenuator 5 Confirm the input channels are within limits for channel isolation a Check Amplitude of each trace other than CH 1 is 0 67 division or less discount trace width Enter the largest amplitude on the test record Move the signal to the CH 2 input connector change the Trigger SOURCE to CH 2 and move the 50 termination to the CH 1 input Check Amplitude of each trace other than CH 2 is 0 67 division or less discount trace width Enter the largest amplitude on the test record
95. 175 V 4 1 0 V Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 2 5 V offset 2 37625 V 2 62375 V 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 115 mV 115 mV 0 Div position setting 2 5 V offset 2 62375 V 2 37625 V 4 34 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum Incoming Outgoing Maximum Offset accuracy TDS7704B CH1 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 5 V offset 496 55 mV 503 45 mV 0 V offset 1 7 mV 1 7 mV 0 5 V offset 503 45 mV 496 55 mV CH1 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 5 V offset 491 00 mV 509 00 mV 0 V offset 6 5 mV 6 5 mV 0 5 V offset 509 00 mV 491 00 mV CH1 100 mV Vert scale setting 5 V offset 5 05 V 0 V offset 25 mV 5 V offset 4 95 V CH1 500 mV Vert scale setting 5 V offset 5 09 V 0 V offset 65 mV 5 V offset 491V CH1 1 0 V Vert scale setting 2 5 V offset 2 3725 V 2 6275 V 0 V offset 115 mV 115 mV 2 5 V offset 2 6275 V 2 3725 V CH2 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 5 V offset 496 55 mV 503 45 mV 0 V offset 1 7mV t 1 7 mV 0 5 V offset 503 45 mV 496 55 mV CH2 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 5 V offset 491 00 mV 509 00 mV 0 V offset 6 5 mV 6 5mV 0 5 V offset 509 00 mV 491 00 mV CH2 100 mV Vert scale setting
96. 254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 105 Performance Tests TDS7704B CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B 1 5 GHz Disconnect the 5X attenuator Set the test signal amplitude for about five divisions on screen Now fine adjust the generator output until the CH 1 Amplitude readout indicates the amplitude is 500 mV Readout may fluctuate around 500 mV Disconnect the cable at CH 1 and reconnect it to CH 1 through a 5X attenuator Check that a stable trigger is obtained e Repeat step 2 substep c only for the bandwidth selected f Display the test signal Aux trigger at 2 GHz Set the generator frequency to 2 GHz Set the Horizontal SCALE to 200 ps Remove the 5X attenuator and reconnect the cable to CH 1 Set the generator amplitude on screen as follows CSA7404B 4 divisions TDS7704B CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B 5 divisions Now fine adjust the generator output until the CH 1 Amplitude readout indicates the amplitude is as follows Readout may fluctuate CSA7404B 350 mV TDS7704B CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B 500 mV g Repeat step 3 substeps b only for the full bandwidth selected NOTE You just checked the trigger sensitivity If desired you may repeat steps 1 through 4c for the other channels CH 2 CH 3 and CH 4 5 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the cables and adapter from AUX IN and the channel last tested Output Signal Checks The procedure that follo
97. 27 407 4957 00 1 BRACKET FLOPPY DRIVE BOTTOM TK1943 407 4957 00 28 211 1079 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 2 6 X 0 45 MM 3 0L PNH STL PHILLIPS 0 01 10310188 0 29 200 4828 00 1 BRACKET REAR FLOPPY TRIM OPTION FHD ONLY TK1943 200 4828 00 30 211 0738 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 625 0PTION FHD ONLY 1943 211 0738 00 81 174 4321 00 1 CABLE ASSY FLAT FLEX 26 POS 9 7531 PANEL 060D9 174 4321 00 FP PPC 32 614 1021 00 1 ASSY FRONT PANEL 57924 614 1021 00 33 679 5795 00 1 CKT BD SUBASSY FRONT PANEL 57924 679 5795 00 34 260 2783 00 1 SWITCH KEYPAD ELASTOMERIC FRONT PANEL 260 2783 00 35 366 0821 00 7 KNOB CAP 0 650 D SILVER GRAY 22670 366 0821 00 36 366 0820 00 7 KNOB CAP SILVER GRAY 22670 366 0820 00 37 366 0819 00 1 KNOB EPS PUSH BUTTON SILVER GRAY 22670 366 0819 00 10 8 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Mechanical Parts List Replaceable Parts List Cont Fig amp index number 38 39 Tektronix part number 333 4461 00 650 4623 00 259 0155 01 650 4632 00 174 4791 00 679 5497 00 174 4794 00 174 4267 00 437 0486 01 343 1681 00 343 1682 00 679 5705 00 Serial no effective Serial no discont d Qty Name amp description SUBPANEL ASSY OFFSET BRACKET ASSY W LABEL MODULE ASSEMBLY TOUCH PANEL FLEX CIRCUIT POWER SWITCH W LED MODULE ASSY LCD INCLUDES ITEMS 42 THROUGH 44 CABLE ASSEMBLY FLAT FLEX DISPLAY ADAPTER TO DISPLAY CKT BD DISPLAY ADAPTER CABLE
98. 3 Troubleshooting 6 74 Checkit Utilities Table 6 6 Power on diagnostic tests Cont Component Group amp test Extended Trigger Registers 411 GTL 412 BTL 413 DTC 414 ExtndTrg 415 AuxTrig TrgLviComp 421 LogicComp1 422 LogicComp2 423 LogicComp3 424 LogicComp4 GTL 431 TICounters 432 GTLBigCntrs Serial 1 0 441 Atten 442 Preamp 443 DTC 444 ExtendedTrg 445 Dacs 451 ChiEdge 452 AfterDBE 453 AfterDBT 454 Slewrate 455 LineTrig 456 BTL Extended 461 Glitch 462 PulseWidth 463 OptionST_ok Factory Cal Integrity Cal Integrity run cal Factory Bank2 Integrity Misc UJ 5 UJ If the instrument passes all the BIOS tests and Windows boots the primary tree calls for you to run CheckIt Utilities diagnostics software CheckIt Utilities is a comprehensive diagnostic software application to check and verify the operation of the PC hardware in the instrument Checkit Utilities To run the CheckIt Utilities you must have either a working keyboard a pointing device mouse and Windows 2000 must be running Before starting the utilities install a test floppy disk in the floppy disk drive and a test CD in the CD ROM drive Refer to the CheckIt Utilities online help for additional information on running the utilities Repair or replace any failed component identified by the CheckIt Utilities CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Troubleshooting Diagnostics Software U
99. 4 30 Measurement of trigger out limits 3 Confirm SIGNAL OUT is within limits for gain a Measure gain m Move the precision 50 cable from the AUX OUT BNC to the SIGNAL OUT BNC W Set Vertical SCALE to 50 mV m Press PUSH TO SET 50 m From the button bar touch MEAS and select the Ampl tab m Touch the Pk Pk button m Touch Close b Check against limits CHECK that the readout CH 2 Pk Pk is between 40 mV and 60 mV inclusive 4 Confirm SIGNAL OUT is within limits for offset m Disconnect the cable from the CH 3 input m From the button bar touch MEAS and select the Ampl tab m Touch the Low button m Touch Close a Check against limits CHECK that the Low reading is between 100 mV and 170 mV inclusive CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 109 Performance Tests 5 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the cables and adapters from the inputs and outputs Check Probe Compensation Output Equipment required Two dual banana connectors Item 5 One BNC T connector Item 6 Two precision 50 Q coaxial cables Item 4 One DC calibration generator Item 9 One SMA to BNC adapter Item 19 Prerequisites See page 4 17 Also the instrument must have passed Check Accuracy For Long Term Sample Rate and Delay Time Accuracy and Reference on page 4 92 l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Hook test signal m Connect one of the 50 Q cables
100. 416 12 mV 0 5 V 14 28 mV to 16 12 mV W Eu 437 05 mV to 438 95 mV 0 0 5 V i s E mv _ 36 65 mV to 39 35 mV 36 65 mV to 39 35 mV 74 10 mV to 77 90 mV 73 26 mV to 78 74 mV 73 26 mV to 78 74 mV 588mV em 40 5 V Pe is 40 5 V ii sv peer 1148 2 mV to 4155 8 mV 1146 4 mV to 4157 6 mV 1146 4 mV to 4157 6 mV 370 5 mV to 4389 5 mV 4364 8 mV to 4395 2 mV 4364 8 mV to 4395 2 mV 1741 0 mV to 4779 0 mV CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 65 Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Scale Position Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting Divs setting setting mean means Accuracy limits pw 1734 2 mV to 4785 8 mV 1734 2 mV to 4785 8 mV 3 4 V av oV V 11 482 V to 41 558 V 11 469 V to 41 571 V 11 469 V to 41 571 V un E 12V 3 44 V 4 96 V 500 mV 1 90 V 3 705 V to 43 895 V 90 V 10V 80 V 1 90 V 13 682 V to 43 918 V 1 1 10 V d Display the test signal 40V 13 682 V to 43 918 V 1 0 5 5V 7 410 V to 7 790 V 5 826 V to 6 174 V 5 826 V to 6 174 V i W From the tool bar touch VERT and then touch Position Use the keypad to set vertical position to the number of divisions listed in the table for the current vertical scale setting and offset m Touch Of
101. 4829 00 1 COVER CD ROM 06009 200 4829 00 6 211 1050 00 18 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 312 L PNH STL CAD PLT T15 0 01 7 679 5650 00 1 CKT BD ASSY DRIVE ADAPTER BOARD FLOPPY amp HDD 7X318 679 5650 00 8 650 4621 00 1 ASSEM RHDD W O SW ITEMS 10 THROUGH 15 80009 650 4621 00 9 407 4945 00 1 BRACKET RHD TOP 7X318 407 4945 00 10 200 4830 00 1 BRACKET FRONT HDD TRIM OPTION FHD ONLY 7X318 200 4830 00 11 211 1177 00 2 SCREW THUMB 80009 211 1177 00 12 119 6832 00 1 DISK DRIVE WINCHESTER 2 5 IN 40 0GB SINGLE PLATTER 62786 08K0633 13 679 5654 00 1 CKT BD ASSY HDD ADAPTER BRD 7X318 679 5654 00 14 407 4944 00 1 BRACKET RHD BOTTOM 7X818 407 4944 00 15 211 1081 00 4 SCREW 0 01 211 1081 00 16 441 2320 00 1 CHASSIS DRIVE FRAME 7X318 441 2320 00 17 679 4840 00 1 CKT BD SUBASSY PRODUCTION PA BUS 80009 679 4840 00 18 679 4471 00 1 CKT BD SUBASSY REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION 80009 679 4477 00 19 679 4476 00 1 BD SUBASSY FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION 80009 679 4476 00 20 361 1762 00 1 SPACER SUPPORT 0 250 X 0 171 X 0 375 CKT BD NYLON 06915 4 01 21 614 1021 00 1 PANEL ASSEMBLY FRONT ITEMS 22 THROUGH 27 80009 614 1021 00 22 174 4872 00 1 CABLE ASSY FLAT USB FLOPPY 06009 174 4872 00 23 679 5704 00 1 BD ASSY FLOPPY FRIVE ADAPTER BRD 80009 679 5704 00 24 407 4959 00 1 BRACKET FLOPPY DRIVE REAR TK1943 407 4959 00 25 407 4956 00 1 BRACKET FLOPPY DRIVE TOP TK1943 407 4956 00 26 119 6833 00 1 DISK DRIVE FLOPPY USB 80009 119 6833 00
102. 4B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Table 1 2 Channel input and vertical specifications Cont Characteristic Description Effective bits typical CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B Nine division sine wave input at the indicated frequency sampled at 50 mV division CSA7154 amp TDS7154B and 20 GS s TDS7704B amp 5 7154 only TDS7404B amp 5 7154 only TDS7404B only TDS7404B only Delay between channels lt 30 ps between any two channels with the same scale and coupling settings Channel to channel crosstalk 215 1 at rated bandwidth CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B amp CSA7154 only and 80 1 at lt 1 5 GHz or the rated bandwidth whichever is less Assumes two channels with the same scale settings 1 Rise time calculation A simple formula relating these times to bandwidth for all instruments is not available The instruments have been characterized with the typical rise times listed Table 1 3 Horizontal and acquisition system specifications Characteristic Description Real time sample rate range Sample rate range 5 6 5 to 20GS s 5 S s to 10GS s 5 S s to 505 5 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 1 11 Specifications Table 1 3 Horizontal and acquisition system specifications Cont Characteristic Equivalent time sample rate or interpolated waveform rate range Acquisition modes Minimum record length Maximum record length sampl
103. 4B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Description Minimum transition time 0 ps 225 ps Minimum timeout time 340 ps 450 ps Minimum clock pulse width from inactive edge to inactive edge edge to active edge 1 5 ns hold time setting for times lt 0 Limits 340 ps to 1 s 340 ps to 1 s 340 ps to 10 s 340 ps to 1 s 340 ps to 1 s 340 ps to 1 s 340 ps to 1 s Setup and Hold timers Limits Setup time time from data transition to 100 ns to 100 ns clock edge Hold time time from clock edge to data 1 ns to 102 ns transition Setup time Hold time algebraic sum of 500 ps the two settings Minimum event duration Setup time Hold time 100 ps 40 ps 60 ps Runt width 150 ps 160 ps 16 ps Runt width 330 ps 160 ps 175 ps 190 ps 40 ps 175 ps 330 ps 225 ps 175 ps 190 ps 20 ps 0 ps Specifications Table 1 4 Trigger specifications Cont Characteristic 4 Time qualified trigger timer accuracy Trigger level or threshold range Trigger level or threshold accuracy typical B Event Delayed trigger Range Minimum pulse width typical Minimum time between events typical Trigger position error typical Trigger holdoff range Description For Glitch Timeout or Width types Time range Accuracy 340 ps to 1 5 us 5 of setting 360 ps to 1 8 ns typical 1 5 usto 1s 91 ns Trigger Source Sensitivity Any channel 12 divisions from center of screen Auxiliary input 5 V Line 0 V not settable E
104. 4B Service Manual 1 5 Specifications Table 1 2 Channel input and vertical specifications Cont Characteristic Description Maximum input voltage 1 Vnus for 100 mV division settings and CSA7404B TDS7404B 5 7154 amp 5 Vnus for gt 100 mV settings TDS7154B TDS7704B 6 5 Vams for 100 mV settings for temperatrues lt 45 C 6 0 Vams for gt 100 mV settings for temperatrues gt 45 C Number of digitized bits 8 bits Sensitivity range Fine adjustment available with 1 resolution 2 mV div to 1 V division in a 1 2 5 sequence DC gain accuracy Net offset is the nominal voltage that must be applied to the channel to bring the trace to center screen Net offset offset position volts division and is expressed in volts TDS7704B 2 mV div to 3 98 mV div 3 6 net offset 1V 4 mV div to 99 5 mV div 2 5 2 net offset 1V 100 mV div to 1 V div 2 5 2 net offset 10V 1 6 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Table 1 2 Channel input and vertical specifications Cont Characteristic Description CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp 2 mV div to 3 98 mV div 2 5 6 x netoffse tV Rector 4 mV div to 99 5 mV div 2 2 x net offset 1V 100 mV div to 1 Vidiv 2 0 x net offset 10V DC voltage measurement accuracy Measurement type DC accuracy in volts CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B
105. 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset 100 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset 1 0 V Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 42 5 V offset 1 0 V Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset 2 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 2 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 50 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 50 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 100 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset 100 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset 1 0 V Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 42 5 V offset 1 0 V Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset 2 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 2 mV Vert scale setting 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 23 Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum Incoming Outgoing Maximum CH3 50 mV Vert scale setting 879 75 mV 920 25 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH3 50 mV Vert scale setting 920 25 V 879 75 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH3 100 mV Vert scale setting 4 9298 V 5 0702
106. 50 OHM FEMALE STR PELTOLA 6592 28JR306 1 PNL MNT SILVER ALLOY 0 576 MLG X 0 366 TERMN 11 174 4517 00 1 CABLE ASSY PELTOLA 16 5L WF 80009 174 4517 00 1 Replacement of this part must be performed by Tektronix 10 16 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B TDS7154B Service Manual Mechanical Parts List Figure 10 5 Acquisition assembly TDS7000B Series CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 10 17 Mechanical Parts List Figure 10 6 Accessories Replaceable Parts List Fig amp index Tektronix number number 020 2368 00 071 0879 00 071 0880 00 071 0898 00 6 1 161 0104 05 2 161 0104 06 3 161 0104 07 4 161 0167 00 5 161 0306 00 020 2491 00 020 2570 00 020 2569 00 020 2519 071 1226 071 1323 119 6936 00 10 18 Serial no effective B010001 B020100 B020100 Serial no discont d B019999 Qty Name amp description STANDARD ACCESSORIES REFERENCE KIT LANGUAGE MANUALS TDS7404 MANUAL TECH USER CSA7404B MANUAL TECH REFERENCE ENGLISH CSA7404B MANUAL TECH SERVICE CSA7404B CA ASSY PWR 3 1 0MM SQ 250V 10A 2 5 METER OPTION A3 AUSTRALIA CA ASSY PWR 3 1 0MM SQ 250V 10A 2 5 METER OPTION A1 EUROPEAN CA ASSY PWR 3 1 0MM SQ 240V 10A 2 5 METER FUSED OPTION A2 UNITED KINGDOM CA ASSY PWR 3 0 75MM SQ 250V 10A 2 5 METER OPTION 5 SWITZERLAND CA ASSY PWR 3 1 0MM SQ 250V 10A 2 5 METER OPTION
107. 5405 SE ALEXANDER ST STEL 4801 W JEFFERSON BLVD 4241 BUSINESS CENTER DR 646 CARRIBEAN DR RM 213 LUIPU BLDG NO 5 XIAGUANG LI CHAOYANG DISTRICT 25 GRUMBACHER ROAD City state zip code WILSONVILLE OR 97070 HILLSBORO OR 97123 8584 LOS ANGELES CA 90016 FREMONT CA 94538 SUNNYVALE CA 94089 1108 BEIJING CN YORK PA 17402 Mechanical Parts List Replaceable Parts List Fig amp index number 1 1 2 3 4 16 17 18 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Tektronix part number 016 1441 00 211 1050 00 355 0298 00 348 1648 00 211 0720 00 161 0104 00 159 0046 00 159 0381 00 200 2264 00 200 2265 00 200 4522 00 212 0232 00 367 0528 00 407 4887 00 200 4775 00 210 0164 00 200 4774 00 348 1515 00 101 0159 00 200 4653 00 335 1055 00 335 1041 00 101 0151 01 101 0165 00 260 2719 00 335 0990 00 335 0986 00 335 0988 00 335 0987 00 Serial no effective Serial no discont d Qty amp description ACCESSORY POUCH BLACK CORDURA 1 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 312 L PNH STL CAD PLT T15 STUD SNAP 0 570 DIA 0 165 THK STAINLESS STEEL FOOT REAR W CORD WRAP THERMO PLASTIC SCR ASSEM WSHR 6 32 X 0 500 PNH STL CDPL T 15 TORX CABLE ASSEMBLY 3 18 AWG 98 L STANDARD ACCESSORY FUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 8A 250V 15SEC CER FUSE CARTRIDGE 5 X 20 MM 6 3A 250V FAST BLOW HIGH BREAKING CAPACITY UL REC SEMKO CAP FUSEHOLDER 3AG FUSES CAP FUSEHOLDE
108. 54B amp TDS7154B Service Manual N A N A N A N A N A N A N A N A N A 30 ps 0 125 divisions 0 125 divisions 0 125 divisions 0 125 divisions 0 125 divisions 0 125 divisions 0 125 divisions 0 125 divisions 0 125 divisions 0 125 divisions 0 125 divisions 0 125 divisions 0 67 divisions 0 67 divisions 0 67 divisions 0 67 divisions 0 67 divisions 0 67 divisions 0 67 divisions 0 67 divisions 0 67 divisions 0 67 divisions 0 67 divisions 0 67 divisions 4 39 Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Temperature Date of Calibration Instrument performance test Input impedance CH1 10 mV CH1 100 mV CH2 10 mV CH2 100 mV CH3 10 mV CH3 100 mV 4 10 mV 4 100 mV Time base system Long term sample rate delay time and internal reference accuracy Delta time measurement Trigger system accuracy Time accuracy for pulse glitch timeout and width Hor scale 1 ns lt time lt 1 us Lower Limit Upper Limit Probe compensation output signal Frequency Voltage difference Serial trigger Option ST only Certificate Number RH 96 Technician 51 25 Q 51 25 Q 51 25 Q 51 25 Q 51 25 Q 51 25 Q 51 25 Q 51 25 Q 9999 975 kHz I 10000 025 kHz 5 25 ns 5 25 ns 4 40 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Baud
109. 64 8 mV to 395 2 mV EN e o 55 e e 5 25 e 3 3 3 3 3 4 59 Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Scale Position Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting Divs setting setting mean means Accuracy limits 100 mV 0 380 mV 741 0 mV to 779 0 mV 380 mV 4 5V 734 2 mV to 785 8 mV lie cc i i 1734 2 mV to 4785 8 mV 200 mV 11 482 V to 41 558 V 11 469 V to 41 571 V 2 46V 44 96V 3 44 V 2 11 469 V to 41 571 V 72 p jp EN p ss SS D p aud EC UNT p p NENNEN Ss py p NENNEN js p p p 500 mV 43 705 V to 43 895 V 13 682 V to 43 918 V Iu i s 42 0 V T Ei 2 0 V ui x S 0 1 90 V 5 3 682 V to 43 918 V 1 17 410 V to 47 790 V V V 15 826 V to 46 174 V 15 826 V to 46 174 V EE 4 60 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting mean means Accuracy limits CH2 2mV 414 74 mV to 415 66 mV TAE 40 5 V 414 28 mV to 416 12 mV 0 5 V 14 28 mV to 16 12 mV W Eu 437 05 mV to 438 95 mV 0 0 5 V i s E mv _ 36 65 mV to 39 35 mV 36 65 mV to
110. 7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Figure 6 31 Micro board removal CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual lt T 15 Torxdrive screw 6 Micro ATX board Micro ATX assembly chassis 6 47 Removal and Installation Procedures Microprocessor 1 Locate module to be removed Locate the microprocessor board in the locator diagram Internal Modules Figure 6 8 on page 6 21 Additional modules to be removed Trim Bottom cover Left and Right covers ATX assembly CAUTION The microprocessor is susceptible to static discharge damage Service N this component only in a static free environment Observe standard handling precautions for static sensitive devices while servicing the instrument Always wear grounded wrist and foot straps while servicing the microprocessor Micro ATX or processor boards 2 Remove the microprocessor See Figure 6 32 page 6 49 a b c Disconnect the fan power cable J2F4 from the Micro ATX board Pull up on the two latch arms on the microprocessor assembly Lift each leg of the fan and heatsink assembly out of the locking channel Lift the fan and heatsink assembly off the microprocessor Lift the microprocessor socket locking lever upward Remove the microprocessor 3 Reinstallation Reinstall the microprocessor to the Micro ATX board as follows a Install the microprocessor in the sock
111. 7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 5 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 10 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 20 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 100 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 200 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 500 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 1 0 V Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 14 80 mV 14 40 mV 14 40 mV 37 24 mV 36 84 mV 36 84 mV 74 48 mV 73 64 mV 73 64 mV 149 0 mV 147 1 mV 147 1
112. 7254B 160 ps to 200 ps x 0 015 ns TDS7154B 160 ps to 240 ps x 0 015 ns e Repeat for all other channels Note the vertical scale setting of the channel just confirmed Press the Vertical channel button for the channel just confirmed to remove the channel from display Touch MEAS and the Clear to remove the measurement Press the front panel button that corresponds to the channel you are to confirm Set vertical SCALE to the setting noted in step e first bullet Press the Trigger Source button to toggle the source to the channel selected Move the test hookup to the channel you selected Press RUN STOP button to start the display Repeat step d 2 Disconnect all test equipment from the instrument 4 98 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Trigger System Checks These procedures check those characteristics that relate to the trigger system and are listed as checked in Specifications Check Time Accuracy for Pulse Glitch Timeout Equipment One sine wave generator Item 12 and Width Triggering required One 2X attenuator Item 26 One 50 precision coaxial cable Item 4 One SMA male to female BNC adapter Item 19 Prerequisites See page 4 17 l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button b Modify the default setup Set the horizontal SCALE to 2 5 ns c Hook up t
113. 7404B TDS7254B TDS7154B Service Manual Options Table 7 3 Optional accessories Cont Accessory Part number P6015A high voltage probe P6015A ADA400A differential preamplifier ADA400A CT1 1 GHz current probe 6 2 GHz current probe CT6 5035 DC AC current measurement system AM503S P7260 6 GHz 5X 25X active probe P7260 P6150 9 GHz 3 GHz low capacitance divider probe P6150 P6701B optical electrical converter 500 to 950 nm P6701A B P6703B optical electrical converter 1100 to 1650 nm P6703A B AFTDS Telecomm differential electrical interface adapter for line rates AFTDS lt 8 Mb s requires TCA BNC adapter TDSUSBF USB test fixture used with Option USB TDSUBF AMT75 1 GHz 75 Q ohm adapter AMT75 TekConnect to SMA adapter TCA SMA TekConnect to BNC adapter TCA BNC TekConnect to N adapter TCA N TekConnect high impedance buffer amplifier 500 MHz 1 MO BNC to TCA 1MEG TekConnect adapter includes one P6139A probe TekConnect adapter 4 GHz 75 Q to 50 Q adapter with 75 BNC input WSTRO WaveStar Software WSTRO GPIB cable 1 m 012 0991 01 GPIB cable 2 m 012 0991 00 RS 232 cable 012 1298 USB Keyboard 119 6633 xx Centronics cable 012 1214 xx Replacement hard disk 650 4271 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 7 5 Options Table 7 3 Optional accessories Cont Accessory Part number Optical Connector Adapters CSA7404B FC PC 119 5115 00 SC PC
114. 7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Table of Contents List of Figures Figure 2 1 Locations of peripheral connectors on rear panel 2 3 Figure 2 2 Line fuse and power cord connector locations 5 2423545 4 6 ree p Rata 2 4 Figure 2 3 On Standby switch location 2 5 Figure 4 1 Toolbar and menu bar 4 3 Figure 4 2 Universal test hookup for functional tests 1 shown 4 8 Figure 4 3 Channel button location 4 9 Figure 4 4 Setup for time base 4 11 Figure 4 5 Setup for trigger test 4 13 Figure 4 6 Setup for the file system 4 14 Figure 4 7 Initial test hookup 4 46 Figure 4 8 Measurement of DC accuracy at maximum offset and position 4 48 Figure 4 9 Initial test hookup 4 50 Figure 4 10 Measurement of DC gain accuracy 4 67 Figure 4 11 Initial test hookup 4 69 Figure 4 12 Measurement of offset 4 72 Figure 4 13 Initial test hookup 4 74 Figure 4 14 Check of maximum input voltage 4 76 Figure 4 15 Initial test hookup
115. 9 on page 6 24 Additional modules to be removed m Front Panel Knobs m Trim front panel m Front Panel assembly m Front Panel Board Remove the Front Panel keypad See Figure 6 11 a Pull on each of the keypad support guides to separate the keypad from the Front panel board Use a pair of tweezers or equivalent tool to pull the twelve keypad support guides b Remove the keypad from the front panel board T 15 Torxdrive screw 8 Front panel board Keypad support guide 12 Keypad 2 DN Vg P ee ys p HP S e gt 3 4 6 22573 P DER Figure 6 11 Front panel board and keyboard removal CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures CAUTION When removing or installing the keypad make sure you do not touch A N the switch contacts with your fingers The oils in your fingers will degrade or damage the switch contacts To help prevent damage to the keypad use cotton gloves when removing or installing the keyboard pad 3 Reinstallation Do in reverse step 2 to reinstall the keypad front panel board and the front panel assembly Then see the following instructions a Make sure the keypad is aligned properly on the Front Panel board b Make sure the ribbon cable is routed correctly when installing the Front Panel into the chassis E Display Assembly Locate module to be rem
116. A BNC adapters to the CH 2 CH 3 and CH 4 inputs Connect 50 Q terminations to the adapters on the CH 2 CH 3 and CH 4 inputs 2 Display the test signal Set the generator to output a sine wave at the bandwidth of your instrument or 1 5 GHz whichever is less Set the test signal amplitude for about five divisions on screen Now fine adjust the generator output until the CH 1 Amplitude readout indicates the amplitude is 500 mV Readout may fluctuate around 500 mV Remove the 2X attenuator 3 Confirm the input channels are within limits for channel isolation a Check Amplitude of each trace other than CH 1 is 0 125 division or less discount trace width Enter the largest amplitude on the test record b Move the signal to the CH 2 input connector change the Trigger SOURCE to CH 2 and move the 50 termination to the CH 1 input c Check Amplitude of each trace other than CH 2 is 0 125 division or less discount trace width Enter the largest amplitude on the test record d Move the signal to the CH 3 input connector change the Trigger SOURCE to CH 3 and move the 50 termination to the CH 2 input CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 87 Performance Tests e Check Amplitude of each trace other than CH 3 is 0 125 division or less discount trace width Enter the largest amplitude on the test record f Move the signal to the CH 4 input connector change the Trigger SOURCE
117. ASSY SP RIBBON DISPLAY ADAPTER TO INVERTER CPR 28 AWG 9 5 L 1X5 0 049CTR CA ASSY FAN TRAY EXTENDER FAN ASSEMBLY 6 FANS CABLE CLAMP FLAT NYLON CLAMP HINGED FLAT CABLE NYLON CKT BD ASSY IDE ADAPTER BRD CD CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Mfr code 7X318 80009 22670 80009 1DM20 80009 060D9 060D9 TKOJL TK1943 TK1943 7X318 Mfr part number 333 4461 00 650 4623 00 259 0155 01 650 4632 00 174 4791 00 679 5244 00 OBD 174 4267 00 437 0486 01 343 1681 00 3437 1682 00 679 5705 00 10 9 Mechanical Parts List S es Pu P A WEE ae 3 N ae amp 227 b i C z NS E FP aa l Y YS VAM Figure 10 2 Front panel and drives CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 10 10 Mechanical Parts List Replaceable Parts List Fig amp index Tektronix part number number 3 1 119 6890 00 119 7035 00 2 146 0096 00 8 174 4807 00 4 174 4808 00 5 211 0730 00 6 050 3614 00 050 3597 00 650 4689 00 650 4690 00 7 441 2317 00 441 2368 00 8 214 3903 00 9 213 1061 00 10 211 1050 00 11 679 5632 00 679 5632 01 12 Not Replaceablet 13 131 1315 01 14 441 2312 00 15 119 5806 06 16 210 0465 00 17 210 0046 00 18 136 0140 00 19 156 9484 00 20 174 4792 00 21 174 4793 00 22 174 4806 00 23 343 1682 00 24 131 6417 00
118. At 1 25GHz Emm um Format msb Serial Pattern Isb Trigger Type 200 HHHHHH Zao H Tek Run Sample T i Trigger Type Figure 4 36 Isolated 0 triggering u T Freqrimm 433 8MHz 94331666 t1 400 Ops 2 5ns div 12 400 Ops 20 0GS s IT 5 0ps pt At 800 0ps ci 1 At 1 25GHz E Format msb Serial Pattern 15 6DB6 DB6D EN E EX ES Hoo CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Verify that the instrument triggers at the 0 in the input signal see Figure 4 36 Enter pass or fail in the test record Touch the Clear button Enter data into Serial Pattern Data field for the next setting in Table 4 10 that is not yet checked Touch Apply Verify that the instrument triggers one Unit Interval UI after the 0 in the input signal see Figure 4 36 Enter pass or fail in the test record Table 4 11 Word recognizer data Serial pattern data Trigger location 4924 9249 2492 492416 One UI before the 1 9249 2492 4924 924916 At the 1 2492 4924 9249 249216 One UI after the 1 3 Verify that the serial path and pattern matching circuits can do isolated 1s a Adjust the trigger LEVEL to trigger at 75 1 division on the sine wave Touch the Clea
119. At horizontal scale settings of 2 ms division and faster TRIG D will remain constantly lighted It will flash for slower settings W Press the Trigger Slope button to select the positive slope m Adjust the Trigger LEVEL knob so that there is a stable trigger CHECK that the trigger is stable for the test waveform on the positive slope m Press the Trigger Slope button to select the negative slope Adjust the Trigger LEVEL knob so that there is a stable trigger m CHECK that the trigger is stable for the test waveform on the negative slope m Leave the trigger system triggered on the positive slope of the waveform before continuing to the next step I Disp cursor meas TOO Math JE seus Reis J Help J men Average Tek Run Check if stable js trigger 20 0GS s 50 0ps pt 7 8 0mV Ampl 53 23mv Figure 4 28 Measurement of trigger sensitivity 50 MHz results shown c Check Delayed trigger system for stable triggering at limits Do the following subparts in the order listed W From the button bar touch Trig select the A Event tab and set the Source to Line CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 103 Performance Tests From the button bar touch Trig select the gt Seq tab and touch the A then B Trig After Time button Select the B Event tab and touch the Set 50 button CHECK tha
120. B CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 5 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 10 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 5 Div position setting 40 5 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 20 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 100 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 200 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 500 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 1 0 V Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 14 74 mV 14 28 mV 14 28 mV 37 05
121. B TDS7404B lt 1 5 div at 3 GHz TDS7254B lt 1 div at 2 5 GHz TDS7154B lt 1 div at 1 5 GHz Auxiliary input DC coupled x 150 mV from DC to 50 MHz increas ing to 500 mV at 2 5 GHz typical between 2 and 2 5 GHz Edge Trigger Sensitivity either slope DC sources for vertical scale settings 10 mV div and lt 1 V div coupled typical Trigger coupling Sensitivity DC lt 0 5 div from DC to 50 MHz x 1 div at 1 25 GHz NOISE REJ 3 x the DC coupled limits AC Same as DC coupled limits for frequen cies gt 100 Hz attenuates signals 100 Hz HF REJ Same as DC coupled limits for frequen cies 20 kHz attenuates signals gt 20 kHz LF REJ Same as DC coupled limits for frequen cies gt 200 kHz attenuates signals 200 kHz CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 1 15 Specifications Table 1 4 Trigger specifications Cont Characteristic Edge trigger sensitivity 4 GHz typical CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B Edge trigger sensitivity not DC coupled typical Auxiliary trigger input characteristics typical Lowest frequency for Set Level to 5096 typical Advanced trigger sensitivity typical Advanced trigger timing Glitch type Runt type Time qualified runt type Width type Window type Description CH1 CH4 Trigger coupling Sensitivity Main trigger DC coupled 2 7 divisions at 4 GHz All sources for vertical scale settings gt 10 mV div and 1 V div
122. Calculate device checksum and compare with checksum in ROM 6 ROM checksum DRAM cell test with cache Test address lines Write patterns to address range set by switch 1 From start address 000000000 to end address write hex pattern aaaaaaaa Repeat for hex patterns and 10101010 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 83 Troubleshooting Table 6 13 Diagnostic LED Cont LED Passed test Test method 7 DRAM cell test with cache DRAM march test with out DRAM march test Test data lines Write to address range set cache by switch 1 Cache is disabled 8 DRAM march test with out DRAM march test with cache Test data lines Write to address range set by switch 1 cache 9 DRAM march test with cache DRAM walking one Test data lines Walk a one through DRAM memory location Cache is disabled Walk a one through buss MEM DL A DRAM walking one NVRAM walking one Walk a one through NVRAM memory location Cache is disabled Walk a one through bus XPC ISA D L Boot parameters loaded and Program has loaded boot parameters and is waiting to waiting for host connect to host P i Loading files from host Program has connected to host and is loading instrument files Load process complete Files have completed loading Troubleshooting Using Reset Circuits The Power PC PPC board uses a combination of removable jumpers and surface mount resistors to manipulate circu
123. DS7000B Touch Average and set the number of averages to 16 Set the sampling mode as follows TDS7704B Touch the Interpolated Real Time IT button other CSA TDS7000B Touch the Equivalent Time ET button From the tool bar touch MEAS Touch Setup Ref Levs then touch the Method Min Max button CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 77 Performance Tests 4 T8 NOTE The sine wave generator output amplitude must be leveled to within 0 35 db of the reference frequency 10 MHz through the bandwidth frequency listed in Table 4 7 on page 4 79 The 0 35 db requirement is necessary to ensure a bandwidth that meets Tektronix specifications You can perform bandwidth PV using an unleveled sine wave generator with amplitude error gt 0 35 db Under these conditions the bandwidth PV is subject to the flatness errors associated with the generator used Refer to the Sine Wave Generator Leveling Procedure on page 4 137 if your sine wave generator does not have automatic output amplitude leveling c Hook up the test signal source Connect the sine wave output of a leveled sine wave generator to CH 1 Set the output of the generator to a reference frequency of 10 MHz or less See Figure 4 15 Instrument under test Sine wave generator Output Figure 4 15 Initial test hookup 2 Confirm the input channels are within limits for analog bandwidth Do the fol
124. DS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Table of Contents Table 6 4 Failure symptoms and possible causes 6 65 Table 6 5 Power supply voltages 6 70 Table 6 6 Power on diagnostic tests 6 72 Table 6 7 Action required for module replaced 6 76 Table 6 8 BIOS Error messages 6 76 Table 6 9 POST codes 6 77 Table 6 10 Different bus routines upper nibble high byte functions 6 81 Table 6 11 Beep codes 6 81 Table 6 12 DIP switch functions 6 82 Table 6 13 Diagnostic LED 6 83 Table 7 1 Options 7 1 Table 7 2 Standard accessories 7 3 Table 7 3 Optional accessories 7 4 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual ix Table of Contents x CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual SU General Safety Summary To Avoid Fire or Personal Injury Review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it To avoid potential hazards use this product only as specified Only qualified personnel should perform service procedure
125. DS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Mechanical Parts List Figure 10 4 Acquisition assembly CSA7000B Series CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 10 15 Mechanical Parts List Replaceable Parts List Fig amp index Tektronix Serial no Serial no Mfr number partnumber effective discontd Qty amp description code Mfr part number 5 1 Not Replaceable 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY ACQUISITION amp PROBE INTERFACE 80009 672 1686 53 672 1687 54 672 1718 54 672 1719 54 2 174 4502 00 1 CABLE ASSY RIBBON 24 PIN POGO TO ACQ BD 80009 174 4502 00 3 174 4517 00 1 CABLE ASSY PELTOLA 16 5L WF 80009 174 4517 00 4 174 2031 00 2 CABLE ASSY COAX RFP 50 OHM 6 5L PELTOLA BOTH 06009 174 2031 00 ENDS TDS7404B TDS7254 TDS7154 174 0206 00 2 CABLE ASSY RF 50 OHM COAX 11 25 L PELTOLA X 060D9 ORDER BY DE PELTOLA 210 0800 00 RFP TDS7704B SCRIPTION 5 174 0206 00 2 CABLE ASSY RF 50 OHM COAX 11 25 L PELTOLA X 060D9 ORDER BY DE PELTOLA 210 0800 00 RFP SCRIPTION 6 119 6562 00 1 COMBO ASSEMBLY BBO SUBASSY FRONT PANEL 80009 119 6562 00 INCLUDES ITEMS 6 THROUGH 9 7 679 5236 00 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY PROBE INTERFACE 80009 679 5236 00 8 407 4688 00 1 BRACKET ACQUISITION 4 BMA AND 4 14 955 X TK1943 407 4688 00 1 575 AL 9 426 2609 00 4 RECEPTACLE PROBE ASSEMBLY 0JRO5 426 2609 00 10 131 1315 01 4 CONN RF JACK BNC PNL
126. Front Panel I O qae eer eee adn 2 10 Instrument Diagnostics 2 11 Signal Path Compensation 2 11 Using the Online 2 11 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual i Table of Contents Theory of Operation Theory of Operation s 15 3 V ics LOGIC CONVENTIONS ste Dru stb EHE IPLE Module Ov rviews oun pere abs seo Wedge Input Signal emer vengo e er hr pentes Display Panel euh eb e RP EIS Rear Panel eris Low Voltage Power Supply 1 Fan prete ad perle ege ed Performance Verification Performance Verification Conyentiols eee ette eee P une sedet ais CE Brief 202 Hue nde ulus etes dee te utar ee A ew Verify Internal Adjustment Self Compensation and Diagnostics E nction l Iests 2 een POP Eee eld e dte mA T tege Verify All Input Channels Verify t
127. Move the signal to the CH 3 input connector change the Trigger SOURCE to CH 3 and move the 50 termination to the CH 2 input Check Amplitude of each trace other than CH 3 is 0 67 division or less discount trace width Enter the largest amplitude on the test record Move the signal to the CH 4 input connector change the Trigger SOURCE to CH 4 and move the 50 termination to the CH 3 input Check Amplitude of each trace other than CH 4 is 0 67 division or less discount trace width Enter the largest amplitude on the test record Select an unchecked Vertical SCALE Connect the 2X attenuator to CH 1 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 89 Performance Tests Check Input Impedance 4 90 Move the signal to CH 1 set the Trigger SOURCE to CH 1 and move the 50 termination to the CH 4 input Press PUSH TO SET 50 Set the Vertical SCALE of CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 and CH 4 to 50 mV Set the test signal amplitude for about five divisions on screen Now fine adjust the generator output until the CH 1 Amplitude readout indicates the amplitude is 250 mV Readout may fluctuate around 250 mV Remove the 2X attenuator Repeat substeps a through g Connect the 2X attenuator to CH 1 Move the coaxial cable to CH 1 set the Trigger SOURCE to CH 1 and move the 50 termination to the CH 4 input Set the Vertical SCALE of CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 and CH 4 to 10 mV Set the test signal amplitu
128. NC adapter Item 19 Two precision 50 2 coaxial cables Item 4 Prerequisites The instrument must meet the prerequisites listed on page 4 17 WARNING The generator is capable of outputting dangerous voltages Be sure to set the DC calibration generator to off or 0 volts before connecting disconnect ing and or moving the test hookup during the performance of this procedure Also check that the calibrator does not have shorting straps installed between the DC output sense input or grounds CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Hook the test signal source m Set the output of a DC calibration generator to off or 0 volts m Connect the output of a DC calibration generator through dual banana connector followed by a 50 precision coaxial cable to one side of a BNC T connector See Figure 4 11 m Connect the Sense input of the generator through a second dual ba nana connector followed by a 50 precision coaxial cable to the other side of the BNC T connector Now connect the BNC T connector to CH 1 through an adapter See Figure 4 11 Instrument under test Output Sense DC calibrator DE Dual banana to BNC adapters connector 50 2 Coaxial cables Figure 4 11 Initial test hookup b Initialize the instrument
129. O SET 50 as necessary to trigger the signal m Read the results at the Pk Pk mean readout which will automatically measure the amplitude of the test signal See Figure 4 16 Set the generator reference qos A A A frequency to the test frequency from Table 4 7 Set the horizontal scale 2 from Table 4 7 Read results 2 44 20 0 1 500GS s 2 0ps pt 80 0uV Figure 4 16 Measurement of analog bandwidth g Check against limits m CHECK that the Pk Pk mean readout on screen is within the limits listed in Table 4 7 for the current vertical scale setting m Enter the voltage on the test record CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests When finished checking set the horizontal SCALE back to the 40 ns setting STOP Checking each channel s bandwidth at all vertical scale settings is time consuming and unnecessary You may skip checking the remaining vertical scale settings in Table 4 7 that is skip the following substep h if this instrument has performed as follows Passed the 100 mV vertical scale setting just checked in this procedure Passed the Verify Internal Adjustment Self Compensation and Diagnostics procedure found under Self Tests on page 4 5 NOTE Passing the signal path compensation confirms the signal path for all vertical scale settings for all channels Passing the inte
130. OBE COMPENSATION output to CH 1 input Figure 4 6 Setup for the file system test 3 Insert the test disk Insert the floppy disk in the floppy disk drive 4 Setup the instrument Push the front panel AUTOSET button CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Brief Procedures 5 Pull down the Vert menu select Vertical Setup and then touch Offset Adjust the Ch1 Offset to 0 25 V using the multipurpose knob 6 Setthe Vertical SCALE to 100 mV per division 7 Set the time base Set the horizontal SCALE to 1 ms div The time base readout is displayed at the bottom of the graticule 8 Save the settings a Pull down the File menu to select Instrument Setup This displays the instrument setups control window b Click the Save button under Save settings to file in the control window This displays a familiar Windows dialog box for choosing a destination folder naming the file c Inthe Save Instrument Setups As dialog box select the 31 Floppy A icon in the Save in drop down list to set the save destination to the floppy disk d Note the default file name and then click the Save button to save the setup to the default file name 9 Change the settings again Set the horizontal SCALE to 200 us div 10 Verify the file system works a Click the Recall Setups tab in the control window b Click the Recall button under Recall settings from file in the control window This dis
131. ORP 50356 AMERICA INC 55566 RAF ELECTRONIC HARDWARE INC 57924 BOURNS 5Y400 METAL PRODUCTS INC 61058 PANASONIC INDUSTRIAL CO ECG 61935 SCHURTERINC 62786 HITACHI AMERICA LTD 6Y440 MICRON SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS INC 6Y440 MICRON SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS INC 75915 LITTELFUSE INC 76096 ELMA ELECTRONICS INC 78189 SHAKEPROOF 7X318 KASO PLASTICS INC 80009 TEKTRONIX INC 3109 FELLER U S CORPORATION TK0588 UNIVERSAL PRECISION PRODUCT TKO0JL CHROMA ATE INC TK1373 PATELEC CEM TK1943 NEILSEN MANUFACTURING INC TK2491 TEMPO RESEARCH CORP TK2548 CORPORATION CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Address 5825 N TRIPP AVE P O BOX 804238 312 EAST MAIN STREET 810 SE SHERMAN 810 SE SHERMAN LABEL PRODUCTS 5750 NE MOORE COURT LABEL PRODUCTS 5750 NE MOORE COURT 1643 HADDON AVE ONE PARLEX PLACE 23201 E APPLEWAY 2040 15TH AVE WEST 2040 15TH AVE WEST 4115 SPENCER STREET 6136 NE 87TH AVENUE 6520 N BASIN AVE OEM PRODUCTS AND SERVICES DIV 6505 W CHANDLER BLVD 7733 TELEGRAPH RD PO BOX 750 95 SILVERMINE ROAD INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGY DIV 1400 NORTH 1000 WEST 1880 SW MERLO DRIVE M S 7H 4 TWO PANASONIC WAY 1016 CLEGG CT PO BOX 750158 HITACHI PLAZA 2000 SIERRA POINT PKWY 8000 S FEDERAL WAY PO BOX 6 8000 S FEDERAL WAY PO BOX 6 800 E NORTHWEST HWY 41440 CHRISTY ST DIVISION OF ILLINOIS TOOL WORK ST CHARLES ROAD 5720 C NE 121ST AVE STE 110
132. PTER TO PROCESSOR CA ASSY RIBBON DISPLAY ADAPTER TO BRIDGE CA ASSY ATX DRIVE PWR DRIVES DRIVES PPC CLAMP HINGED FLAT CABLE NYLON BRACKET EMI CLIP CA ASSY 4POS 12V P4 PWR CA ASSY 20POS ATX PWR CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Mfr code 3U295 3U295 61058 060D9 060D9 0 01 80009 80009 80009 80009 1943 1943 00779 00779 0 01 80009 80009 1943 6592 1943 26003 0 01 78189 6065 06009 06009 7X818 1943 7 318 06009 06009 Mfr part number CR2032 174 4807 00 174 4808 00 OBD 039 3614 00 039 3597 00 650 4689 00 650 4690 00 441 2317 00 441 2368 00 554043 3 554043 3 OBD 679 5632 00 679 5632 01 679 5572 00 28JR306 1 441 2271 00 119 5806 06 ORDER BY DE SCRIPTION 1214 05 00 0541C N A 174 4792 00 174 4793 00 174 4806 00 343 1682 00 131 6417 00 174 4798 00 174 4797 00 10 11 Mechanical Parts List Replaceable Parts List Cont Fig amp index number Tektronix part Serial no number effective 343 1683 00 156 9442 00 174 4906 00 Serial no discontd Qty Name amp description 1 CLAMP VERTICLE WIRE SADDLE NYLON 1 IC MEMORY CMOS DRAM ATX 2 CA ASSY RND RIBBON UDMA 1 Replacement of this part must be performed by Tektronix 10 12 Mfr code Mfr part number TK1943 343 1683 00 06009 174 4906 00 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service M
133. Procedures Processor board Figure 6 36 Bridge board removal 4 Reinstallation Do in reverse step 3 to reinstall the PPC processor board assembly and Bridge board CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 55 Removal and Installation Procedures Acquisition Board 1 Locate module to be removed Replacement of this board must be performed CSA7000B Series by a Tektronix Service Center Locate the Acquisition board in the locator diagram Figure 6 8 on page 6 21 Additional modules to be removed N CAUTION This board should only be replaced by Tektronix m Trim m Bottom cover m Left and Right covers m Front and Rear Power Distribution Boards PA Bus board 2 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its top is down on the work surface and its bottom is facing you 3 Remove the Acquisition board See Figure 6 37 page 6 57 a Disconnect EXT REF REF OUT SIGNAL OUT AUX OUT and AUX IN coaxial cables from the rear panel BNC connectors b Remove the 10 T 15 Torxdrive screws securing the Acquisition assembly to the front chassis c Remove the six T 15 Torxdrive screws securing the Acquisition assembly to the chassis d Slide the Acquisition board toward the rear of the instrument Then lift the board out of the instrument NOTE If you are replacing the acquisition board assembly do not remove the remaining parts they are part of the replaceable assembly
134. R 5 X 20MM FUSES COVER RIGHT PC ABS 13 645L X 8 250W TEK BLUE SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 1 125L PNH STL BLACK OXIDE T 20 HANDLE CARRYING DUAL DUROMETER MOLDED POLY PROPYLENE VINYL GRIP SECTION BRACKET HANDLE BASE PC ABS ALLOY BAYER BAYBLEND FR 110 TEK BLUE COVER BOTTOM RIGHT RIVET SOLID 0 163 OD x 0 415L PANEL HEAD RANGE STYLE NYLON COVER ASSEM BOTTOM W FEET 0 040 AL VINYL CLAD ITEMS 13 amp 14 FEET CABINET CABINET FEET BLACK GLASS FIBRE REINFORCED PLASTIC SET OF 4 FEET W SCREWS TRIM INPUT PLASTIC BLACK ABS COVER FRONT PROTECTIVE MARKER DENT INTERCONNECT OVERLAY W ADHESIVE CSA7404B MARKER DENT INTERCONNECT OVERLAY W ADHESIVE TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B TDS7154B TRIM FRONT PC ABS 17 200W X 8 450H TEK SILVER GRAY TRIM FRONT PC ABS 17 200W X 8 450H TEK SILVER GRAY OPTION FHD SWITCH KEYPAD ELASTOMERIC MAT POWER BUTTON MARKER IDENT FRONT LABEL MKD CSA7404B MARKER DENT FRONT LABEL MKD TDS7704B MARKER IDENT MKD TDS7404B W ADHESIVE MARKER DENT MKD TDS7254B W ADHESIVE Mfr code TK6106 0 01 0588 7X318 0 01 3109 75915 75915 61935 61935 7X318 0 01 12136 2565 1943 3 099 1WNW 6 76096 7X318 7X318 0 05 0 05 7 318 7 318 22670 0 05 0 05 0 05 0 05 Mfr part number TK1441 BLACK CORDURA OBD 355 0298 00 348 1648 00 ORDER BY DE SCRIPTION ORDER BY DE SCRIPTION ABC 8 GDA 6 3 FEK 081 1666
135. Service Manual Tektronix CSA7000B Series Communication Signal Analyzers amp TDS7000B Series Digital Phosphor Oscilloscopes CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B 071 1227 04 Revision A This document applies to firmware version 3 0 0 and above Warning The servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only To avoid personal injury do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so Refer to all safety summaries prior to performing service www tektronix com Copyright Tektronix Inc rights reserved Licensed software products are owned by Tektronix or its subsidiaries or suppliers and are protected by national copyright laws and international treaty provisions Tektronix products are covered by U S and foreign patents issued and pending Information in this publication supercedes that in all previously published material Specifications and price change privileges reserved TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix Inc Contacting Tektronix Tektronix Inc 14200 SW Karl Braun Drive P O Box 500 Beaverton OR 97077 USA For product information sales service and technical support North America call 1 800 833 9200 m Worldwide visit www tektronix com to find contacts in your area Warranty 2 Tektronix warrants that this product will be free from defects materials and workmanship for a period of one 1 year from the date
136. Trigger Clock Recovery Range Equipment required One precision 50 Q coaxial cables Item 4 One sine wave generator Item 12 One SMA to BNC TCA BNC or TCA SMA adapters Item 19 Prerequisites See page 4 17 Also the instrument must have passed Check DC Voltage Measurement Accuracy on page 4 45 l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls Instrument under test Sine wave generator 00 000 0 om O mooe 0 commo eo Qo 50 Q Coaxial cables Figure 4 39 Initial test hookup a Hook test signal source 1 See Figure 4 39 Connect the sine wave output of the sine wave generator through a 50 Q precision coaxial cable to CH 1 through an adapter m Set the sine wave generator to output 1 5625 GHz sine wave b Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button c Modify the initialized front panel control settings W Press the Vertical SCALE to 50 mV per division m Set the horizontal SCALE to 200 ps per division m From the button bar touch the Disp display button m Set the Display Style to Dots m Set the Display Persistence to Variable and set the Persist Time to 3 0 s Touch the Close button CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 121 Performance Tests m Adjust the sine wave generator output for 8 divisions of amplitude m From the button bar touch Trig and select the A Event tab
137. Trigger coupling Sensitivity NOISE REJ 3 x the DC coupled limits Same as DC coupled limits for frequen cies gt 100 Hz attenuates signals 100 Hz gt C HF REJ Same as DC coupled limits for frequen cies 20 kHz attenuates signals gt 20 kHz LF REJ Same as DC coupled limits for frequen cies gt 200 kHz attenuates signals lt 200 kHz 50 10 5 V DC peak AC 50 Hz For vertical scale settings 10 mV div and 1 V div Advanced triggers 1 0 div from DC to 1 GHz at the TekConnect connector For vertical scale settings 10 mV div and 1 V div Minimum recognizable event width or Minimum rearm time to recognize next time event Minimum glitch width 225 ps 250 ps 170 ps on the TDS7704B Minimum runt width 225 ps 250 ps Minimum runt width 340 ps 450 ps Minimum difference between upper and 250 ps lower limits 225 ps 225 ps 300 ps 1 16 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Table 1 4 Trigger specifications Cont Characteristic Transition type Timeout type Logic or state type typical Setup Hold type typical Advanced trigger timer ranges Glitch type Runt type time qualified Width type Timeout type Transition type Pattern type Window type Setup Hold type Logic qualified pulse type trigger minimum timing requirements Glitch Runt Time qualified runt Width Transition Window CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS725
138. Utilities menu and select Instrument Diagnos tics This displays the diagnostics control window b Run the System Diagnostics First disconnect any input signals from all four channels m Click the Run button in the diagnostics control window c Wait The internal diagnostics do an exhaustive verification of proper instrument function This verification may take several minutes When the verification is finished the resulting status will appear in the diagnostics control window CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 5 Brief Procedures Functional Tests 4 6 NOTE If diagnostic error message 512 is displayed run signal path compensa tion and then rerun Instrument Diagnostics d Verify that no failures are found and reported on screen All tests should pass e Run the signal path compensation routine m Pull down the Utilities menu and select Instrument Calibra tion This displays the instrument calibration control window m If required because the instrument is in service mode select the Signal Path button under Calibration Area m Click the Calibrate button to start the routine f Wait Signal path compensation may take five to fifteen minutes to run g Confirm signal path compensation returns passed status Verify that the word Pass appears in the instrument calibration control window 2 Return to regular service Click the Close button to exit the instrum
139. a video adapter located on the Bridge board is the primary video adapter A second video adapter is located on the MicroATX board The second adapter is an Integrated MicroATX video adapter and the Tvia video adapter is PCI bus video adapter The Tvia adapter is made the primary video adapter because it can drive LCD panels Tektronix forces the Tvia adapter to be the primary video adapter via BIOS setting Advance Video Configuration Primary Video Adapter PCI MicroATX VIDEO Windows only from Bridge board Same as LCD Figure 6 47 PCI and MicroATX video connectors CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 85 Troubleshooting d o EN 2 J114 and J115 1 8 202200 27 OD 2 Q m SS o wi 29 PSI e oA On Stdby 240 debug button ww Reset a button Figure 6 48 Location of jumpers and reset button Update Restore the MicroATX Board CMOS If the CMOS parameters become corrupted restore the CMOS memory using one of the following procedures 6 86 A CAUTION Only install CMOS parameters from Tektronix CMOS parameters from other manufactures may make your instrument inoperable If you cannot restore the CMOS memory replace the battery Restore the CMOS as follows 1 2 3 4 5 Press the F2 key during reboot to ente
140. ails the program checks switch 5 If not set the program will stop on a failure by branching to a loop To exit the loop reset the power PC 7 Do not cycle application diagnostics Application diagnostic cycle If set the power on diagnostics cycle which prevents completion of the boot sequence Do not force power up diagnostics Forces power up diagnostics At power on this switch is checked and if set power up diagnostics will run 6 82 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual co Troubleshooting Diagnostic LED Table 6 13 lists the actions performed at power up of the power pc PPC and the associated display on the diagnostic LED Until the MPC106 is initialized the LED is not active RESET forces the display to 8 H L P and a blinking indicate where the program is in the power up sequence As tests occur the associated number is displayed on the LED A failing test displays a decimal point and the test number Table 6 13 Diagnostic LED Diagnostic status LED Passed test Test method 8 740 initialization Walk one through configuration register Use addresses MPC106 walking one test or 00000 and 00000 A one is walked through the lower data bus MPC106 configuration test Requests the vendor identifier Use addresses 00000 and 00000 Vendor identifier data is presented on the lower data bus Data 0 106 is written to the MPC740 registe
141. al cables Item 4 Prerequisites The instrument must meet the prerequisites listed on page 4 17 WARNING The generator is capable of outputting dangerous voltages Be sure to zs set the DC calibration generator to off or 0 volts before connecting disconnect ing and or moving the test hookup during the performance of this procedure Also check that the calibrator does not have shorting straps installed between the DC output sense input or grounds 1 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Hook the test signal source m Set the output of a DC calibration generator to off or 0 volts m Connect the output of a DC calibration generator through a dual banana connector followed by a 50 precision coaxial cable to one side of a BNC T connector See Figure 4 7 m Connect the Sense input of the generator through a second dual banana connector followed by a 50 precision coaxial cable to the other side of the BNC T connector Now connect the BNC T connector to CH 1 through an adapter See Figure 4 7 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 45 Performance Tests Output Sense Dual banana to pe BNC adapters Instrument under test DC calibrator E connector 50 2 Coaxial cables Figure 4 7 Initial test hookup b Initialize the instrument Press DEFAULT SETUP c Modify the default settin
142. al impact of the product Observe the following guidelines when recycling an instrument or component Equipment Recycling Production of this equipment required the extraction and use of natural resources The equipment may contain substances that could be harmful to the environment or human health if improperly handled at the product s end of life In order to avoid release of such substances into the environment and to reduce the use of natural resources we encourage you to recycle this product in an appropriate system that will ensure that most of the materials are reused or recycled appropriately The symbol shown to the left indicates that this product complies with the European Union s requirements according to Directive 2002 96 EC on waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE For information about recycling options check the Support Service section of the Tektronix Web site www tektronix com Mercury Notification This product uses an LCD backlight lamp that contains mercury Disposal may be regulated due to environmental considerations Please contact your local authorities or within the United States the Electronics Industries Alliance www eiae org for disposal or recycling information This product has been classified as Monitoring and Control equipment and is outside the scope of the 2002 95 EC RoHS Directive This product is known to contain lead cadmium mercury and hexavalent chromium CSA7404B
143. amage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment c to repair any damage or malfunction caused by the use of non Tektronix supplies or d to service a product that has been modified or integrated with other products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TEKTRONIX RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER FOR BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HAS ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES SEEN AGE Table of Contents Specifications Operating Information General Safety Summary xi Service Safety Summary xiii Environmental Xv Preface ocu oin eame teme iia th eiit iu xvii Man alStr cture ii vede ree e ak rece eel ane a IR re ae xvii Manual Conventions lide e Rr RAI ELE Rom Ra eR ere E xvii Related Documentation
144. amp TDS7154B 2mV 451 516 mV 4512 79 mV to 519 21 mV 5 100 mv 519 21 mV to 512 79 V 881 63 mV to 918 38 mV 918 38 mV to 881 63 mV 4 9393 V to 5 0607 V 5 0607 V to 4 9393 V 4 1738 V to 4 8263 V 4 8263 V to 4 1738 V 2mV 516 mV 511 99 mV to 520 01 mV 516 mV 520 01 mV to 511 99 V 50 mV 900 mV 4879 75 mV to 4920 25 mV 900 mV 920 25 mV to 879 75 mV 1 Set as precisely as the instrument s offset resolution permits TDS7704B d Display the test signal W From the tool bar touch VERT and touch Position W Use the keypad to set vertical position to 5 divisions press CLR 5 and then ENTER on the keypad The baseline level will move Off screen m Touch Offset CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 47 Performance Tests 4 48 Use the keypad to set vertical offset to the positive polarity setting listed in the table for the current vertical scale setting The baseline level will remain off screen Set the generator to the level and polarity indicated in the table for the vertical scale position and offset settings you have made For some settings it is possible that the DC test level appears off screen while the measured mean value is within tolerance e Measure the test signal Press Close Read the measurement results at the measurement statistics measurement readout See Figure 4 8 I
145. an adapter c Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button d Modify the initialized front panel control settings Press the Vertical CH 1 button to toggle it off W Press the Vertical CH 3 button to display that channel m Push Trigger Source to toggle the source to CH 3 m Set the Horizontal SCALE to 200 us If necessary adjust the calibration generator output for 5 divisions of amplitude W From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab m Touch Average and set the number of averages to 64 m Touch the Close button 2 Confirm AUX OUT is within limits for logic levels a Display the test signal m Press the Vertical CH 3 button to turn off CH 3 W Press the Vertical CH 2 button to display that channel m Set the Vertical SCALE to 500 mV m Use the Vertical POSITION knob to center the display on screen b Measure logic levels m From the button bar touch MEAS and select the Ampl tab m Touch the High and Low buttons m Touch the Close button c Check AUX OUT output against limits CHECK that the CH 2 High readout is 21 0 volt and that the CH 2 Low readout x0 25 volts See Figure 4 30 4 108 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Tek Run Average 18 Jun 03 10 29 27 TETUR t Num Averages 64 debere eee bend bend ede ene eee 7 Check output Ae 2 1 Figure
146. anual Mechanical Parts List 17 22 24 EU Se 19 d TX 2 Figure 10 3 Power supply CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 10 13 Mechanical Parts List Replaceable Parts List Fig amp index Tektronix Serial no Serial no Mfr number partnumber effective discontd Qty amp description code Mfr part number 4 1 Not Replaceable 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY ACQUISITION amp PROBE INTERFACE 80009 672 1687 54 2 174 4502 00 1 CABLE ASSY RIBBON 24 PIN POGO TO ACQ BD 80009 174 4502 00 3 174 0206 00 3 CABLE ASSY RF 50 OHM 11 25 L PELTOLA X 06009 ORDER BY DE PELTOLA 210 0800 00 RFP SCRIPTION 4 174 2031 00 4 CABLE ASSY COAX RFP 50 OHM 6 5L PELTOLA BOTH 06009 174 2081 00 ENDS 210 0775 00 amp 210 0800 00 5 174 4634 00 1 CA ASSY SP RIBBON IDC 8 26 AWG 3 5 LDUAL ENDED FE 06009 174 4634 00 MALE STR 1X8 0 100 CTR 30 GOLD 6 348 1719 00 1 GASKET SHIELD 5 250 X 1 0 URETHANE FOAM W ACRYLIC 20262 348 1719 00 ADHESIVE ECCOSORB 1526 55 3 7 131 1315 01 4 CONN RF JACK BNC PNL 50 OHM FEMALE STR PELTOLA 6592 28JR306 1 PNL MNT SILVER ALLOY 0 576 MLG X 0 366 TERMN 8 426 2609 00 4 RECEPTACLE PROBE ASSEMBLY 80009 426 2609 00 9 679 5236 00 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY PROBE INTERFACE POGO 80009 679 5236 00 10 174 4517 00 1 CABLE ASSY PELTOLA 16 5L WF 80009 174 4517 00 1 Replacement of this part must be performed by Tektronix 10 14 CSA7404B T
147. anual Removal and Installation Procedures Procedures for Modules You should have completed the Procedures for External Modules before doing many of the procedures in this collection The procedures found here are listed in disassembly order Front Panel Assembly 1 Front Panel assembly Front Panel Board Front Panel Keypad Display assembly Display Adapter Board On Standby Switch Flex Circuit Floppy Disk Drive Hard Disk Drive CD Drive Front and Rear Power Distribution Boards PA Bus Board Low Voltage Power Supply Micro ATX Board Microprocessor Fan assembly Power PC Board Acquisition Board Locate module to be removed Locate the Front panel assembly in Figure 6 9 on page 6 24 Additional modules to be Removed m Trim Front panel Floppy Disk Drive or Front Hard Disk Drive Remove the Front Panel assembly See Figure 6 9 page 6 24 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its bottom is down on the work surface and its front panel is facing you a Remove the six T 15 Torxdrive screws that secure the Front Panel assembly to the front chassis CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 23 Removal and Installation Procedures b Grasp the top of Front Panel assembly and pull forward to allow access to the ribbon cable connector on the front panel board c Use the 4 inch flat bladed screwdriver to carefully lift the J1 cable connector lock up to disconnect the J1 fl
148. anual 6 29 Removal and Installation Procedures On Standby Switch Power 6 30 Flex Circuit Removal Display module Inverter 22 board Display adapter board 15 Back view drive screw 3 Figure 6 14 Display adaptor board removal 1 Locate module to be removed Locate the On Standby Switch power flex circuit in the locator diagram Internal Modules Figure 6 8 page 6 21 Additional modules to be removed m Trim front panel m Display assembly 2 Orient the assembly Set the display assembly so its back is down on the work surface and its front is facing you 3 Remove the On Standby Switch power flex circuit See Figure 6 15 on page 6 31 a Peelthe On Standby switch power flex circuit away from the front of the display assembly b Disconnect the flex circuit from J7 on the Display Adapter circuit board c Grasp the flex circuit and pull it out of the Display assembly 4 Reinstallation Do following procedure to reinstall the On Standby Switch a Remove the protective backing on the power flex circuit CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures b Slide the connector end of the power flex circuit through the slot in the Display assembly Make sure the flex circuit connector aligns to J7 on the Display Adapter circuit board c Align the holes in
149. ate this product with covers or panels removed Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures If you suspect there is damage to this product have it inspected by qualified service personnel Avoid Exposed Circuitry Do not touch exposed connections and components when power is present Use Proper Fuse Use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual xi General Safety Summary xii Wear Eye Protection Wear eye protection if exposure to high intensity rays or laser radiation exists Do Not Operate in Wet Damp Conditions Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere Keep Product Surfaces Clean and Dry Provide Proper Ventilation Refer to the manual s installation instructions for details on installing the product so it has proper ventilation Terms in this Manual These terms may appear in this manual WARNING Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result in injury or loss of life damage to this product or other property i CAUTION Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in Symbols and Terms These terms may appear on the product on the Product anes DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the marking WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the marking CAUTION indicates a hazard to property
150. ation lt 100 ms lt 800 fs rms records having duration lt 10 us Long term lt 15 parts per trillion rms records having duration lt 1 minute 5 ns to 250 s For a single channel with signal amplitude gt 5 divisions reference level set at 50 interpolation set to sin x x with risetime gt 1 4 x Ts and 4 x Ts or 150 ps whichever is greater and acquired gt 10 mV Div where T is the sample period RMS specification is typical Single shot signal Sample acquisition 0 06 sample rate 42 5 ppm x mode Full bandwidth reading RMS 0 3 sample rate 42 5 ppm reading peak Average acquisition mode gt 100 aver 4 ps 42 5 ppm x reading peak ages Full bandwidth 1 14 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Table 1 4 Trigger specifications Characteristic Description Trigger jitter typical TDS7704B 1 2 ps rms for low frequency fast rise time signal CSA7404B amp TDS7404B 1 5 ps rms for low frequency fast rise time signal CSA7154 amp TDS7154B 2 ps rms for low frequency fast rise time signal 4 Edge Trigger Sensitivity All sources for vertical scale settings gt 10 mV div and 1 V div Main trigger DC coupled x 0 5 div from DC to 50 MHz CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B amp 1 5 div at 3 GHz TDS7254B lt 1 div at 2 5 GHz TDS7154B lt 1 div at 1 5 GHz Delayed trigger DC coupled x 0 5 div from DC to 50 MHz CSA7404B TDS7704
151. ation voltage to this output in place of the 1 kHz square wave This voltage varies from 10 V to 10 V with a source impedance less than 1 and short circuit current as high as 300 mA Output voltage Frequency 500 mV from base to top 20 into a 50 Q 1 kHz 5 load Vol 500 mV Voh 0 V typical 1 V from base to top 20 into a 1 MQ load Vol 1 0 V Voh 0 V typical Analog Signal Output amplitude BNC connector provides a buffered version of the signal that is attached to the channel 3 input when channel 3 is the trigger source 20 mV div 20 into a 1 load 10 mV div 20 into a 50 Q load Offset between 100 mV and 170 mV into 50 Q Analog Signal Output bandwidth typical 1 8 GHz into a 50 O load Auxiliary Output levels BNC connector provides a TTL compatible pulse polarity selectable for each A or B trigger selectable Vout high Vout low true 22 5 V into open circuit 0 7 V with 4 ma sink 1 0 V into 50 load 0 25 V into 50 Q load CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 1 21 Specifications Table 1 7 Input output port specifications Cont Characteristic Description Auxiliary Output pulse width typical Pulse width varies 1 us minimum External reference Run SPC whenever the external reference is more than 2000 ppm different than the internal reference or the reference at which SPC was last run Frequency range 9 8 MHz to 10 2 MHz Input sensi
152. b Remove the twelve T 15 Torx screws that secure the covers to the bottom of the chassis c Pull the bottom right cover down and slide to the right to remove from the instrument Pull the top left cover upward and slide to the left to remove from the instrument CAUTION Take care not to bind or snag the covers on the instrument internal cabling as you remove or install 3 Reinstallation Do in reverse steps a through c to reinstall the cabinet covers When reinstalling the bottom cover ensure that the cover key enters the key socket as the cover is put in place When reinstalling the bottom cover ensure that all sides of the covers are snug against the instrument before installing the screws CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 17 Removal and Installation Procedures All left and right cover mounting holes are indicated as shown A SS yk gt 22 5 o V T 15 Torx screw 11 lt X S o 2 AA a TE NORE SERRE M ONT NN A WAS AT Wek 2 A Right side cover CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Figure 6 5 Cover removal 6 18 Removal and Installation Procedures gt lt Left side cover S 4 SORS ae eere shay WORE QE
153. cale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 14 80 mV 15 60 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 14 40 mV 16 00 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 14 40 mV 16 00 mV CH1 5 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 37 24 mV 38 76 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 36 84 mV 39 16 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 36 84 mV 39 16 mV CH1 10 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 74 48 mV 77 52 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 73 64 mV 78 36 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 73 64 mV 78 36 mV CH1 20 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 149 0 mV 155 0 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 147 1 mV 156 9 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 147 1 mV 156 9 mV CH1 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 372 4 mV 387 6 mV 5 Div position setting 40 5 V offset 366 7 mV 393 3 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 366 7 mV 393 3 mV CH1 100 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 744 8 mV 775 2 mV 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 738 0 mV 782 0 mV 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 738 0 mV 782 0 mV CH1 200 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 1 490 V 1 550 V 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 1 477 V 1 563 V 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 1 477 V 1 563 V CH1 500
154. ce Manual Performance Tests 7 Disconnect the hookup a Disconnect all test equipment from the instrument b Set the instrument controls From menu mode touch Utilities and select External Signals Touch the External button to select the internal reference the button name changes to Internal c Perform a signal path compensation m Touch Utilities and select Instrument Calibration m Touch Calibrate and wait for the signal path compensation to finish Check Delta Time Measurement Accuracy Equipment required One 50 precision coaxial cable Item 4 One Connector BNC T male BNC to dual female BNC Item 6 One Pulse Generator Wavetek 9500 or equivalent Item 20 Two 50 Q coaxial cable male to male SMA connectors Item 21 One SMA female to BNC male connector Item 23 One BNC elbow connector Item 24 One SMA male to two SMA female connectors Item 22 Two SMA termination connectors short circuit Item 25 One SMA male to female BNC adapter Item 19 One 2X attenuator 50 female BNC to male BNC Item 26 Prerequisites See page 4 17 This procedure checks the sample rate portion of the Delta Time Measurement Accuracy as listed in Specifications The previous procedure Check Long Term Sample Rate and Delay Time Accuracy and Reference see page 4 92 verified the PPM portion of the delta time specification CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Man
155. ch on at the rear panel See Figure 2 2 for switch location 5 Ifthe instrument does not power on press the On Standby switch to power on the instrument see Figure 2 3 for the switch location 6 Wait for the boot routine and low level self test to complete CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Operating Information 0 0 010 0 fiL 010 n 016 M008 0 090 0 0 000000 00 00000 000 2 0 e JD 9 9 9 amp On Standby Sj itch switc eeeo 8 BE B L 3 Figure 2 3 On Standby switch location Powering Off the The instrument has a built in On Standby function that removes power from Instrument most circuitry in the instrument when you press the On Standby switch To completely remove power to the instrument perform the shutdown just described and then set the power switch on the rear panel to off Software Installation This section describes how to install the system software found on the product software CD that accompanies this product The instrument ships with the product software installed so only perform these procedures if reinstallation becomes necessary Software Release Notes Read the software release notes README TXT ASCII file on the product software CD before performing installation procedures This file contains additional installation and operation
156. cord the performance test results for your instrument CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum incoming Outgoing Maximum DC voltage measurement accuracy averaged CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B CH1 2 mV Vert scale setting 512 79 mV 519 21 5 Div position setting 40 5 V offset CH1 2 mV Vert scale setting 519 21 mV 512 79 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH1 50 mV Vert scale setting 881 63 mV 918 38 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH1 50 mV Vert scale setting 918 38 V 881 63 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH1 100 mV Vert scale setting 4 9393 V 5 0607 V 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset CH1 100 mV Vert scale setting 5 0607 V 4 9393 V 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset CH1 1 0 V Vert scale setting 4 1738 V 4 8263 V 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset CH1 1 0 V Vert scale setting 4 8263 V 4 1738 V 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset CH2 2 mV Vert scale setting 512 79 mV 519 21 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH2 2 mV Vert scale setting 519 21 mV 512 79 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH2 50 mV Vert scale setting 881 63 mV 918 38 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH2 50 mV Vert scale setting 918 38 V 881 63 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V off
157. ct bucket See Figure 6 42 page 6 64 Remove the three T 15 Torxdrive screws securing the TekConnect bucket to the Front Panel Combination assembly CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 61 Removal and Installation Procedures 7 15 Torx screw 6 Coaxial cables 2 Acquisition circuit board UN ON A S ie ON TART 9 d X UND 15 Torx screw 8 Figure 6 40 Acquisition circuit board removal TDS7404B shown CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 62 Removal and Installation Procedures TekConnect ribbon cable T 15 Torx screw 3 Sy Nut and washer Cables 4 Figure 6 41 Front panel combination assembly removal TDS7404B shown CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 63 Removal and Installation Procedures TekConnect board A Rc p 22 15 15 m d screw 5 a gt lt 8 A i ED A 22 a gf QU TekConnect bucket Figure 6 42 TekConnect board and TekConnect bucket removal 6 64 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7
158. d reset button 6 86 Figure 9 1 Instrument block diagram 9 2 Figure 10 1 External parts 10 7 Figure 10 2 Front panel and drives 10 10 Figure 10 3 Power supply 10 13 Figure 10 4 Acquisition assembly CSA7000B Series 10 15 Figure 10 5 Acquisition assembly TDS7000B Series 10 17 Figure 10 6 Accessories 10 18 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual vii Table of Contents List of Tables viii Table 1 1 Instrument models 1 2 Table 1 2 Channel input and vertical specifications 1 5 Table 1 3 Horizontal and acquisition system specifications 1 11 Table 1 4 Trigger specifications 1 15 Table 1 5 Serial Trigger specifications optional on TDS7000B Series 1 19 Table 1 6 Display specifications 1 19 Table 1 7 Input output port specifications 1 20 Table 1 8 O E converter CSA7000B Series only 1 23 Table 1 9 Data storage specifications 1 25 Table 1 10 Power source specifications 1 25 Table 1 11 Mechanical specifications 1 26 Table 1 12 Environmental specifica
159. de for about five divisions on screen Now fine adjust the generator output until the CH 1 Amplitude readout indicates the amplitude is 50 mV Readout may fluctuate around 50 mV Remove the 2X attenuator Repeat substeps a through g 6 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the cable terminations and adapters from the generator output and the input connector of the channel Equipment required Prerequisites One Digital Multimeter Item 27 One Dual Banana Connector Item 5 One precision 50 2 coaxial cable Item 4 One SMA male to female BNC adapter Item 19 See page 4 17 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Digital multimeter Instrument under test 0 mode o e om 0000 5 e 50 Q Coaxial cable Figure 4 20 Initial test hookup l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a b c Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button Hook up the test signal source Connect through a 50 precision coaxial cable the input of the multimeter to CH 1 through adapters see Figure 4 20 Set the Vertical SCALE to 10 mV per division 2 Check input impedance against limits a b Measure the impedance Read and record the measured impedance Remove the dual banana connector from the digital multimeter DMM turn it 180 degrees and
160. dge trigger DC coupling for signals having rise and fall times 1 ns Trigger Source Accuracy Any channel 2 x setting net offset 0 35 div x volts div setting offset accuracy 10 mV div only Auxiliary Not specified where net offset offset position volts division Trigger After Time Trigger on n Event Delay time 5 ns to 250 s Event count 1 to 107 250 ps 2 e Edge trigger DC coupling for signals having a slew rate at the trigger point of 0 5 division ns Acquisition mode Error Sample Average 1 waveform interval 200 ps Peak Detect Envelope 2 waveform interval 200 ps 250 ns to 12 s plus random holdoff if enabled Minimum resolution is 8 ns for settings 1 2 us A dither of 800 ps is added to the holdoff setting 1 18 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Table 1 5 Serial Trigger specifications optional on TDS7000B Series Characteristic Serial trigger number of bits Serial trigger encoding types Serial trigger baud rate limits Serial trigger serial word recognizer position accuracy Clock recovery frequency range Clock recovery jitter typical Clock recovery tracking acquisition range typical Minimum signal amplitude needed for clock recovery typical Table 1 6 Display specifications Characteristic Display type Display resolution Pixel pitch Response time typical Display refresh rate
161. dures for inspecting the instrument and cleaning its external and internal modules Removal and Installation Procedures Procedures for the removal of defective modules and replacement of new or repaired modules Also included is a procedure for disassembly of the instrument for cleaning Troubleshooting Information for isolating and troubleshooting failed modules Included are instructions for operating the instrument diagnostic routines and troubleshooting trees Most of the trees make use of the internal diagnostic routines to speed fault isolation to a module Repackaging Instructions Information on returning an instrument for service Before servicing this product read the Safety Summary and Introduction at the front of the manual and the ESD information below CAUTION Static discharge can damage any semiconductor component in this instrument When performing any service which requires internal access to the instrument adhere to the following precautions to avoid damaging internal modules and their components due to electrostatic discharge ESD 1 2 Minimize handling of static sensitive circuit boards and components Transport and store static sensitive modules in their static protected containers or on a metal rail Label any package that contains static sensitive boards Discharge the static voltage from your body by wearing a grounded antistatic wrist strap while handling these modules Do service of
162. e Connect the BNC cable from the probe com pensation output to the CH 1 input through a TCA BNC adapter as shown in Figure 4 5 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Brief Procedures Instrument under test e a C LJ BNC cable from PROBE COMPENSATION output to CH 1 input Figure 4 5 Setup for trigger test 3 Set up the instrument Push the front panel AUTOSET button 4 Pull down the Vert menu select Vertical Setup and then touch Offset Adjust the Ch1 Offset to 0 25 V using the multipurpose knob 5 Setthe Vertical SCALE to 100 mV per division 6 Verify that the main trigger system operates Confirm that the following statements are true m The trigger level readout for the A main trigger system changes with the trigger LEVEL knob m The trigger LEVEL knob can trigger and untrigger the square wave signal as you rotate it Leave the signal untriggered Pushing the front panel trigger LEVEL knob sets the trigger level to the 50 amplitude point of the signal and triggers the signal that you just left untriggered Leave the signal triggered 7 Verify that the delayed trigger system operates a Setup the delayed trigger m Pull down the Trig menu and select A B Trigger Sequence This displays the gt Sequence tab of the trigger setup control window m Click the Trig After Time button under A Then B m Click
163. e 6 29 page 6 45 3 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its bottom is down on the work surface and its top panel is facing you a Remove the six 15 Torxdrive screws that secure the floppy drive hard drive frame to the chassis b Lift the rear of the frame and slide the frame to the rear and up out of the instrument c Remove the three 15 Torxdrive screws that secure assembly to the top of the chassis d Remove the five 1 15 Torxdrive screws that secure ATX assembly to the rear chassis 6 42 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Floppy drive hard drive frame ATX assembly lt T 15 Torxdrive screw 4 Figure 6 26 Drive frame and ATX assembly removal e Grasp the right rear edge of the ATX assembly and pull up on the assembly to disconnect the Bridge board from the ATX board edge connector f Slide the ATX assembly toward the front of the instrument g To troubleshoot the ATX board and the processor board you may prop up the right side of the ATX assembly Remove the power cable from the front cable clamp Lift the right edge of the assembly Release the arm at the front of the assembly Insert the free end of the arm at the middle front of the chassis See Figure 6 27 on page 6 44 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 43 Removal and Installation Procedures
164. e A Event tab and touch the Select button Touch the Serial button and then set the Standard to GB Ethernet Touch the Editor button Set the Format to Hex and then touch the Clear button Enter data into the Serial Pattern Data field for one of the settings in Table 4 10 that is not yet checked Start with the first setting listed Touch Apply Verify that the instrument triggers one Unit Interval UI one baud divided by the bit period before the in the input signal see Figure 4 36 Enter pass or fail in the test record Touch the Clear button Enter data into Serial Pattern Data field for the next setting in Table 4 10 that is not yet checked Touch Apply CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 115 Performance Tests 4 116 Triggered 1 UI before a 0 Triggered on a 0 Triggered 1 Ul aftera 0 20 Jun 03 16 08 31 Curs1 Pos 400 0ps Curs2 Pos 400 0ps Ma 0 432 0MHz 433 124 t1 400 0ps 2 5ns div 12 400 0 20 0GS s IT 5 0ps pt At 800 Ops Ci YA 1 25GHz Edit Vertical Tek Run Sample 20 Jun 03 16 10 08 Curs1 Pos vence de 00565 Curs Pos 400 0ps Heil 434 1MHz 4331315 50 0mv 11 400 Ops 2 5ns div 12 400 Ops 20 0GS s IT 5 0ps pt At 800 Ops ci 1
165. e Figure 6 36 on page 6 55 a Disconnect the J205 connector from the Bridge board See Figure 6 34 on page 6 53 b Disconnect the J150 J290 J291 and J390 connectors from the PPC board 6 52 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Bridge board PPC Processor board Figure 6 34 Processor board cables c Remove the two 3 16 nut posts that secure the bridge board connector to the rear of the chassis See Figure 6 35 on page 6 54 d Remove the seven T 15 Torxdrive screws securing the PPC processor to the chassis support e Remove the two 9 32 nut posts securing the PPC processor board assembly and connector to the rear chassis f Remove the PPC board CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 53 Removal and Installation Procedures T 15 Torx screw 7 2 gt lt PPC Processor board Figure 6 35 PPC Processor board removal CAUTION Removing the Bridge board without first removing the PPC board will damage the connector Grasp the Bridge board and pull it straight up to disconnect J870 edge card connector from the PPC board Remove the Bridge board from the PPC board assembly See Figure 6 36 page 6 55 6 54 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation
166. e mode Standard Option 2M installed Option 3M installed Option 4M installed Option 5M installed Description Equivalent time acquisition can be enabled or disabled When disabled waveforms are interpolated at the fastest time base settings 10GS s to 1TS s Sample Peak detect Hi Res Average Envelope and Waveform database 500 points Depends on the number of active channels and the record length options installed Maximum record length is less in serial trigger mode 500 000 points 3 or 4 channels 1 000 000 points 1 or 2 channels only 2 000 000 points 1 channel only 2 000 000 points 3 or 4 channels 4 000 000 points 1 or 2 channels only 8 000 000 points 1 channel only 4 000 000 points 3 or 4 channels 8 000 000 points 1 or 2 channels only 16 000 000 points 1 channel only 8 000 000 points 3 or 4 channels 16 000 000 points 1 or 2 channels only 32 000 000 points 1 channel only 16 000 000 points 3 or 4 channels 32 000 000 points 1 or 2 channels only 64 000 000 points 1 channel only 1 12 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Table 1 3 Horizontal and acquisition system specifications Cont Characteristic Description Maximum record length HiRes mode sample 2 000 000 points 1 2 3 or 4 channels rate lt 1 25 GS s Seconds division range 50 ps div to 10 s div Maximum FastFrame update rate nominal 265 000 frames per second
167. e or system is one half as compared with a frequency near DC In the voltage domain the power dissipated into a resistive load for example a 50 Q termination of a sampler is the 52 where Vrms is the RMS of the voltage swing seen at the resistive load and R is the resistance value A logarithmic scale using decibels is typically used to describe a frequency dependent response of a system A value expressed in terms of a decibel relative to a reference is defined as E value _ dU E For electrical bandwidths the power ratio is used so Power dB 10 x log Power DC when In terms of voltage and resistance the bandwidth is expressed as 2 Los 3 dB 10x log DC R 2 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 131 Performance Tests 4 132 where Vr is the RMS of the voltage swing response at the bandwidth frequency and Vpc is the RMS voltage swing response at a frequency approaching DC Further math yields that 0 707 x Vpc The expression is simplified by the cancellation of the R and the movement of the squared term inside the log expression to a multiple outside the log expression M V V 10 x log 2 x 10 x log 20 x log Voc Voc 8 Voc R therefore at V 3dB 0 707 Vpc In some instances the vertical units displayed for an optical signal are not in voltage but are in watts which is a unit of powe
168. e the flat panel A N display Avoid using abrasive cleaners or commercial glass cleaners to clean the display surface Avoid spraying liquids directly on the display surface Avoid scrubbing the display with excessive force Clean the flat panel display surface by gently rubbing the display with a clean room wipe such as Wypall Medium Duty Wipes 05701 available from Kimberly Clark Corporation If the display is very dirty moisten the wipe with distilled water or a 75 isopropyl alcohol solution and gently rub the display surface Avoid using excess force or you may damage the plastic display surface CAUTION To prevent getting moisture inside the instrument during external cleaning use only enough liquid to dampen the cloth or applicator Inspection Interior To access the inside of the instrument for inspection and cleaning refer to the Removal and Installation Procedures in this section Inspect the internal portions of the instrument for damage and wear using Table 6 2 as a guide Defects found should be repaired immediately If any circuit board is repaired or replaced check Table 6 2 in Section 5 to see if it is necessary to adjust the instrument CAUTION 7o prevent damage from electrical arcing ensure that circuit boards and components are dry before applying power to the instrument Table 6 2 Internal inspection check list Item Repair action Circuit boards Loose broken or corroded Remove and
169. easurement control and laboratory use Part 1 Additional Compliance 61010 1 2001 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use Equipment Type Test and measuring equipment Safety Class Class 1 grounded product Pollution Degree measure of the contaminates that could occur in the environment around and Descriptions within a product Typically the internal environment inside a product is considered to be the same as the external Products should be used only in the environment for which they are rated m Polution Degree 1 No pollution or only dry nonconductive pollution occurs Products in this category are generally encapsulated hermetically sealed or located in clean rooms m Polution Degree 2 Normally only dry nonconductive pollution occurs Occasionally a temporary conductivity that is caused by condensation must be expected This location is a typical office home environment Temporary condensation occurs only when the product is out of service m Polution Degree 3 Conductive pollution or dry nonconductive pollution that becomes conductive due to condensation These are sheltered locations where neither temperature nor humidity is controlled The area is protected from direct sunshine rain or direct wind m Polution Degree 4 Pollution that generates persistent conductivity through conductive dust rain or snow Typical outdoor locations Pollution Degree Pol
170. econd measurement column of Table 4 8 Note that these numbers may be either positive or negative k Add the first CH 1 to CH 2 skew measurement to the second CH 1 to CH 2 skew measurement and divide the result by 2 Use Table 4 8 1 Add the first CH 1 to CH skew measurement to the second CH 1 to CH 3 skew measurement and divide the result by 2 Use Table 4 8 m Add the first CH 1 to CH 4 skew measurement to the second CH 1 to CH 4 skew measurement and divide the result by 2 Use Table 4 8 n Check against limits CHECK that the largest of the three results from steps 1 and m is between 30 ps and 30 ps o Enter the time on the test record Table 4 8 Delay between channels worksheet Add first and First Second second Divide sum Coupling measurement measurement measurements by2 CH 1 to CH 2 skew CH1toCH3 skew CH 1 to CH 4 skew 3 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the cable from the generator output at the input connectors of the channels CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 85 Performance Tests Check Channel Isolation Crosstalk Equipment required One leveled sine wave generator Item 12 One 2X attenuator Item 26 Four TCA BNC adapters Item 19 Three 50 2 terminations Item 3 One 50 precision coaxial cable Item 4 Prerequisites See page 4 17 Leveled Instrument under test sine wave
171. ement of probe compensator amplitude 4 113 Figure 4 35 Initial test hookup 4 114 Figure 4 36 Isolated 0 triggering 4 116 Figure 4 37 Isolated 1 triggering 4 118 Figure 4 38 N modulo 3 triggering 4 120 Figure 4 39 Initial test hookup 4 121 Figure 4 40 Clock recovery 4 124 Figure 4 41 Initial test hookup 4 125 Figure 4 42 Initial test hookup 4 127 Figure 4 43 Initial test hookup 4 129 Figure 4 44 Optical bandwidth hookup 4 134 Figure 4 45 Proper positioning of the impulse 4 135 Figure 4 46 Optical impulse response 4 136 Figure 4 47 Equipment setup for maximum amplitude 4 138 Figure 6 1 Line fuse and line cord removal 6 12 Figure 6 2 Knob removal 6 13 Figure 6 3 Trim removal 6 15 Figure 6 4 Bottom cover 6 16 Figure 6 5 Cover removal 6 18 Figure 6 6 Cover removal 6 19 Figure 6 7 External 6 20 Figure 6 8 Internal modules
172. ent boot or headless no keyboard mouse or display operation Description GA20 Error Error when switching to protected mode during the memory test Pri Master HDD Error Pri Slave HDD Error Could not read sector Sec Master HDD Error Sec Slave HDD Error Pri Master Drive ATAPI Incompatible Drive not an ATAPI device Run Setup and maker sure device is PRI Slave Drive ATAPI Incompatible set up correctly Sec Master Drive ATAPI Incompatible Sec Slave Drive ATAPI Incompatible A Drive Error 6 76 No response from drive CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Troubleshooting Table 6 8 BIOS Error messages Cont Error message Cache Memory Bad CMOS Battery Low CMOS Display Type Wrong CMOS Checksup Bad CMOS Settings Wrong CMOS Date Time Not Set DMA Error FDC Failure HDC Failure Checking NVRAM Update OK Updated Failed Keyboard Error KB Interface Error Memory Size Decreased Memory Size Increased Memory Size Changed No Boot Device Available Off Board Parity Error On Board Parity Error Parity Error NVRAM CMOS PASSWORD cleared by Jumper CTRL gt Pressed Table 6 9 POST codes Displayed Description Memory may be bad Replace battery Check Setup to make sure type is correct Run Setup to reset values Settings corrupted or the battery has failed Run Setup to correct values Error during read write test of controller Error while tryi
173. ent calibration control window The purpose of these procedures is to confirm that the instrument functions properly The only equipment required is a P7240 probe P7260 probe with TDS7704B a probe calibration and deskew fixture a BNC cable BNC to SMA adapter or TCA BNC adapter and to check the file system a 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte formatted floppy disk STOP These procedures verify functions that is they verify that the instrument features operate They do not verify that they operate within limits Therefore when the instructions in the functional tests that follow call for you to verify that a signal appears on screen that is about five divisions in amplitude or has a period of about six horizontal divisions etc do NOT interpret the quantities given as limits Operation within limits is checked in Performance Tests which begin on page 4 17 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Brief Procedures STOP DO NOT make changes to the front panel settings that are not called out in the procedures Each verification procedure will require you to set the instrument to certain default settings before verifying functions If you make changes to these settings other than those called out in the procedure you may obtain invalid results In this case just redo the procedure from step 1 When you are instructed to press a front panel or screen button the button may already be selected
174. entire instrument The basic configuration supports four input channels labeled Ch1 through Ch 4 provides an external trigger input a trigger output a Ch3 signal output and a probe compensation output Each acquisition channel is equipped with a processor that uses its own host interface to interface to the GCS which in turn communicates with the command interface processor over the multiplexed address data nibble bus Waveforms and menus are displayed on a color active matrix LCD display with touch panel Display System Text and waveforms are processed by different parts of the display circuitry The display system display adapter board and inverter board sends the text and waveform information to the display panel Touch Panel The display board sends information from the touch panel to the processor Any changes in settings are reported to the processor system The ATX board reads the front panel switches and encoders Any changes in their settings are reported to the processor system The ATX board also turns the LEDs and off Menu Switches Front panel menu switches are also read by the ATX board The touch screen processor sends any changes in menu selections to the ATX processor system The ON STBY switch passes through the CPU board to the ATX board The ATX board creates the signal sent to the power supply to toggle power Floppy Drive The floppy drive provides access to stored waveform data and software to customize
175. erator settings Enter result on test record Reinstall the 10X attenuator f Check the next generator setting Repeat substeps d and e using the new generator setting as is listed in the table g Check the remaining vertical scale settings Repeat substeps c through f until all vertical scale settings listed in Table 4 6 are checked for the channel under test CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests h Test all channels Repeat substeps a through g for all vertical channels 3 Disconnect the hookup a Set the generator output to 0 V b Disconnect the cable attenuator and adapter from the generator output and the input connector of the channel last tested Check Analog Bandwidth Equipment required Prerequisites One sine wave generator Item 12 One level meter and power sensor Item 13 One female N to male BNC adapter Item 16 Four male N to female BNC adapters Item 15 50 2 precision cables BNC Item 4 SMA Item 36 Attenuators Items 1 and 2 One SMA male to female BNC adapter Item 19 See page 4 17 l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Initialize the instrument Press DEFAULT SETUP b Modify the default settings Turn the horizontal SCALE knob to 40 ns From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab Set the acquisition mode as follows TDS7704B Touch Sample other CSA T
176. et b Lower the socket locking lever c Make sure the fan heatsink assembly is positioned with the fan cable toward the front of the circuit board d Place the fan heatsink assembly on the microprocessor e Move the two latch arms to the locked position f Connect the fan power cable J2F4 to the Micro ATX board 6 48 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Fan and heatsink Microprocessor Pull up to release the holding bracket Socket Latch arm Latch arm Fan legs Jh Locking Micro ATX channel P2F4 PRY Figure 6 32 Microprocessor removal CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 49 Removal and Installation Procedures Fan Assembly Removal 1 Locate module to be removed Locate the Fan assembly in the locator diagram Internal Modules Figure 6 8 page 6 21 Additional modules to be Removed m Trim all m Bottom cover m Left and Right covers m ATX assembly 2 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its bottom is down on the work surface and its left side is facing you 3 Remove the fan See Figure 6 33 page 6 51 a Disconnect the fan from the processor board Disconnect the two fan power cables J291 and J390 located on the processor board Remove the fan power cables from under the cable clamp b Remove the two T 15 Torxdrive screw
177. etting Accuracy limits 2 Confirm O E Gain is within limits Do the following substeps test the first wavelength setting in Table 4 15 first skipping substep a since 780 nm is already selected from step 1 a Select and unchecked wavelength from Table 4 15 m Move the optical fiber from optical input of the the CSA Instrument to the optical power meter m Set the CW laser source to wavelength not yet checked from Table 4 15 m Set the Vertical SCALE to the setting in Table 4 15 for the selected wavelength m Set the multimode optical attenuator for 0 1 mW out of the optical power meter 4 130 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests m Move the optical fiber from the optical power meter to the optical input of the CSA Instrument b CHECK that the CH 1 Mean readout is within the limits listed for the current wavelength setting in the table Record the mean on the test record c Repeat substeps 2 a and 2 b until all wavelengths listed in Table 4 15 have been tested 3 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the cables and adapters from the inputs and outputs Check Before performing the checks for minimum optical bandwidth you need to have Optical to Electrical an understanding of what optical bandwidth is and how it is measured System Bandwidth Traditionally the bandwidth of a device or system is defined as the frequency at which the power out of the same devic
178. evel Calibration and wait for the compensation to complete b Wait until the compensation is completed c Check that the Status is Pass 4 Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button 5 Modify the initialized front panel control settings From the tool bar touch Meas and select the Ampl tab m Touch Mean m From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab m Touch Average and set the number of averages to 64 Touch the Close button m Set the Vertical SCALE to 10 uW Table 4 13 Dark level Scale setting Accuracy limits 10 uW lt 2 6 uW 20 uW lt 3 6 uW 50 uW lt 6 6 uW 6 Confirm Dark Level is within limits Do the following substeps test the scale settings in Table 4 13 a Select an unchecked scale setting from Table 4 13 b CHECK that the CH 1 Mean readout is within the limits listed for the current scale setting in the table Record the mean on the test record 7 Repeat step 6 until all scale settings have been checked 4 126 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Check Maximum Optical to Electrical Noise Equipment required Fiber optic dust cap Item 38 OJE electrical out to CH1 input adapter Item 32 Prerequisites See page 4 17 Also the instrument must have passed Check DC Voltage Measurement Accuracy on page 4 45 This procedure checks the optical to electrical noise The check is made with vertica
179. ex cable from the display module assembly See Figure 6 10 page 6 25 Note the pin 1 index mark and the black stripe on the cable for later reassembly d Pull the Front Panel assembly forward and remove from the instrument 4 Reinstallation Do in reverse steps a through d to reinstall the front panel assembly ag J1 ribbon cable Lo ry Front panel assembly T 15 __ ep R Torxdrive Cu screw 6 a Figure 6 9 Front panel assembly removal 6 24 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Black stripe toward connector Screwdriver Figure 6 10 J1 flex cable connector removal Front Panel Board 1 Locate module to be removed Locate the Front Panel assembly Figure 6 9 page 6 24 Additional modules to be Removed m Front Panel Knobs m Trim front panel m Front Panel assembly 2 Remove the Front Panel board See Figure 6 11 page 6 26 a Remove the eight 1 15 Torxdrive screws that secure the Front panel board to the Front panel assembly b Remove the board from the assembly 3 Reinstallation Do in reverse steps a through b to reinstall the front panel board CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 25 Removal and Installation Procedures 6 26 Front Panel Keypad 1 Locate module to be removed Locate the Front Panel assembly Figure 6
180. f it doesn t return the offset accuracy check has failed for the current vertical scale setting of the current channel e Measure the test signal Press Close Read the measurement results at the Mean measurement readout See Figure 4 12 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 71 Performance Tests 4 72 Turn on the measurement called mean and read the results here Ch1 Scale 50 0mV i i i E a Y su 1 0 5 500MS s 2 0ns pt 7 40 Figure 4 12 Measurement of offset accuracy f Check against limits CHECK that the readout for the measurement Mean readout on screen is within the limits listed for the current vertical scale and position offset generator settings Enter the value on the test record Repeat substep d using the zero offset and generator settings as is listed in the table CHECK that the Mean measurement readout on screen is within the limits listed for the current vertical scale setting and position offset generator settings Enter the value on the test record Repeat substep d using the negative polarity offset and generator settings as is listed in the table CHECK that the Mean measurement readout on screen is within the limits listed for the current vertical scale setting and position offset generator settings Enter the value on the test record Repeat substeps c through f until all vertical scale
181. ficate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum Incoming Outgoing Maximum CH3 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 14 74 mV 15 66 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 14 28 mV 16 12 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 14 28 mV 16 12 mV CH3 5 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 37 05 mV 38 95 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 36 65 mV 39 35 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 36 65 mV 39 35 mV CH3 10 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 74 10 mV 77 90 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 73 26 mV 78 74 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 73 26 mV 78 74 mV CH3 20 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 148 2 mV 155 8 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 146 4 mV 157 6 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 146 4 mV 157 6 mV CH3 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 370 5 mV 389 5 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 364 8 mV 395 2 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 364 8 mV 395 2 mV CH3 100 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 741 0 mV 779 0 mV 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 734 2 mV 785 8 mV 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 734 2 mV 785 8 mV CH3 200 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting
182. fset 4 66 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests W Use the keypad to set vertical offset to the setting listed in the table for the current vertical scale and position settings The baseline level may move off screen m Set the generator to the level and polarity indicated in the table for the vertical scale position and offset settings you have made The DC test level may be off screen For all steps except the ones on the 1 V div range adjust the vertical offset setting as needed to bring the DC test level to 3 8 divisions 0 2 divisions below the top of the graticule e Measure the test signal Press Close m Read the measurement results at the measurement statistics u measurement readout See Figure 4 10 W Record the Mean in the Measurement Mean column of Table 4 4 Oc T e Ch1 Offset 0 0 Ch1 Scale 10 0mV Turn on the measurement called mean and read the results here Mean 38 08mV 138 033738 Figure 4 10 Measurement of DC gain accuracy f Measure second mean m Set the generator to the second level and polarity indicated in the table for the vertical scale position and offset settings you have made For some settings it is possible that the DC test level appears off screen while the measured mean value is within tolerance m Repeat substep e using the current vertical scale position offset and new generat
183. ge board try removing and reinstalling the Bridge board 5 Did someone exit the application using the Task Manager and then try to reenter the application without rebooting 6 Set Diagnostic Selection DIP switch 2 to off see Dip Switch Controls on page 6 82 for more information reboot check the Diagnostic LED see page 6 83 for more information 7 Ifthe relays click the acquisition is running 8 Check the desktop properties right click on the desktop and select Proper ties On the Settings tab 16 bit is required Video merge will not work with other settings If you change the setting reboot CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 71 Troubleshooting 9 Onthe Settings tab of the desktop properties select Advanced and then the Performance tab Hardware Acceleration must be set to Full for video merge to work If you change the setting reboot PPC and MicroATX PC Diagnostics The primary diagnostics for the instrument are the power on diagnostics the CheckIt Utilities diagnostics and the instrument diagnostics Procedures for running these diagnostics are described next Power On Diagnostics The power on diagnostics check the basic functionality of the instrument at every power on If any failures occur at power on the screen displays the calibration and diagnostics property page Table 6 6 lists a subset of the power on tests Use the results of the tests to help you isolate proble
184. gnal attenuation TDS7704B 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte DOS compatible Standard PC compatible Checking file system basic floppy disk disk functionality Variable amplitude to 7 V accuracy Fluke 9500B1 Checking DC offset gain measurement accuracy and maximum input voltage 500 mV square wave calibrator Fluke 9500B To check accuracy of signal amplitude accuracy to 0 2596 out 25 MHz 1 s gate Advantest R5360 Checking long term sample rate and delay time accuracy to 0 196 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Table 4 2 Test equipment Cont Item number and description Minimum requirements Purpose 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Generator Sine Wave3 Instrument bandwidth lt 6 GHz Rohde amp Schwarz SMT06 Checking analog bandwidth 5 kHz to at least the instrument with options 01 and 02 trigger sensitivity sample bandwidth Variable amplitude from rate external clock and 60 mV to 2 Vp p into 50 Frequency delay time accuracy error 2 096 Instrument bandwidth gt 6 GHz Anritsu MG3692A Synthe 10 MHz to at least the instrument sized CW Generator with bandwidth Variable amplitude from options 2x 4 and 15 60 mV to 1 8 Vp p into 50 Frequen cy error lt 2 0 Meter Level and Power Frequency range 10 MHz to the Rohde amp Schwarz NRVS and Checking analog bandw
185. gs From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab Touch Average and set the number of averages to 16 2 Confirm input channels are within limits for DC accuracy at maximum offset and position Do the following substeps test CH 1 first skipping substep 2a since CH 1 is already selected from step 1 a Select an unchecked channel From the tool bar touch MEAS and then Clear to remove the previous measurement Press the Vertical button of the channel just confirmed to remove the channel from the display Press the front panel Vertical button that corresponds to the channel you are to confirm Set the generator output to 0 V Move the test hookup to the channel you selected b Turn on the measurement Mean for the channel From the tool bar touch MEAS and select the Ampl tab then touch Mean to measure the mean of the current channel Touch Setup Statistics and touch Measurement Statistics Mean to display the measurement statistics of the mean measurement 4 46 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests W Press Close Set the vertical scale Set the vertical SCALE to one of the settings listed in Table 4 3 that is not yet checked Start with the first setting listed Table 4 3 DC Voltage measurement accuracy Scale Position setting Offset Generator setting Divs setting1 setting Accuracy limits CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B
186. he menu bar or tool bar 2 8 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Operating Information Front Panel Controls Map Many of the instrument functions can be controlled directly from the front panel controls or in conjunction with the touch screen interface Use these buttons to start and stop acquisition or start a single acquisition sequence The ARM READY and TRIG D lights show the acquisition status Turn knob to adjust waveform intensity Press button to turn Fast Acquisition on or off Use these knobs and buttons to set the trigger parameters Push ADVANCED to display additional trigger functions Press to turn cursors on or off Press to make a hard copy Press to return settings to default values Horizontally scale position delay and set record length resolution of selected waveform Press to automatically set up the vertical horizontal and trigger controls based on selected channels Turn the multipurpose knobs to adjust parameters selected from eA the screen interface Press a Fine button to toggle between normal and fine adjustment with its multipurpose knob Press to turn the touch screen on and off Press ZOOM to add a magnified graticule to the display Press HORIZ or VERT to select the axis to magnify Turn channel displays on and off Adjust the vertical scale and position eH
187. he integrity of the connectors by keeping them free of contamination CAUTION To prevent loss of optical power or damage to the optical connectors keep the connectors clean at all times When cleaning the connectors with a swab use gentle circular motions Use only high quality cleaning supplies that are non abrasive and leave no residue To reduce the need for cleaning immediately replace protective caps on the optical connectors when not in use Use the following items to clean optical connectors Clean dust free compressed air m Fiber optic cleaning swabs CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Maintenance W Pure electronics grade isopropyl alcohol NOTE If isopropyl alcohol is used care must be taken to have a truly clean pure electronics grade isopropyl alcohol source Bottles of isopropyl alcohol can become contaminated after several uses it can then leave a residue on optical connectors after drying Cleaning kits for optical connectors such as the Tektronix Optical Connector Cleaner kit number 020 2357 00 are available from a number of suppliers To clean optical connectors follow these steps 1 Remove the adapter 2 Hold the can of compressed air upright and spray the can into the air to purge any propellant 3 Spray the clean compressed air on the connectors to remove any loose particles or moisture 4 Moisten a clean optical swab with isoprop
188. he Time Base pror cosas Ro e Re RH EUR al eg Verify the A Main and B Delayed Trigger Systems Verity the File SyStem resouna ere ia lias Give de we Ree ER ds Performance Tests Vai Prerequisites ilu Equipment 5 7000 amp TDS7000B Test Record Signal Acquisition System Check DC Voltage Measurement Accuracy Check DC Gain Accuracy Check Offset Accuracy Check Maximum Input Voltage Check Analog Bandwidth Check Delay Between Channels Check Channel Isolation Crosstalk Check Input Impedance Time Base System Checks Check Long Term Sample Rate and Delay Time Accuracy and Reference Check Delta Time Measurement Accuracy Trigger System Check Time Accuracy for Pulse Glitch Timeout and Width Triggering Check Sensitivity Edge Trigger DC Coupled Output Signal Checks Check
189. he basic procedures described on page 4 5 The basic procedures should be done first then these procedures performed if desired The tests in this section comprise an extensive valid confirmation of perform ance and functionality when the following requirements are met W The cabinet must be installed on the instrument You must have performed and passed the procedures under Self Tests found on page 4 5 and those under Functional Tests found on page 4 6 Asignal path compensation must have been done within the recommended calibration interval and at a temperature within 5 C of the present operating temperature If at the time you did the prerequisite Self Tests the temperature was within the limits just stated consider this prerequisite met A signal path compensation must have been done at an ambient humidity within 2546 of the current ambient humidity and after having been at that humidity for at least 4 hours m The instrument must have been last adjusted at an ambient temperature between 20 and 430 must have been operating for a warm up period of at least 20 minutes and must be operating at an ambient tempera ture as listed in Table 1 12 The warm up requirement is usually met in the course of meeting the Self Tests and Functional Tests prerequisites listed above CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 17 Performance Tests Equipment Required Table 4 2 Test equi
190. he instrument will perform properly They can be used as a quick check before making a series of important measurements m To further check functionality first do the Self Tests just mentioned then do the brief procedures under Functional Tests that begin on page 4 6 Advantages These procedures require minimal additional time to perform require no additional equipment other than a BNC cable and BNC to 5MA adapter or a TCA BNC adapter and these procedures more completely test the internal hardware of the instrument They can be used to quickly determine if the instrument is suitable for putting into service such as when it is first received m f more extensive confirmation of performance is desired do the Perform ance Tests beginning on page 4 17 after doing the Functional and Self Tests mentioned above Advantages These procedures add direct checking of the warranted specifications that are marked with the 7 symbol These procedures require specific test equipment See Table 4 2 Test equipment on page 4 18 If you are not familiar with operating this instrument read the instrument reference or user manuals or explore the online help CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 1 Performance Verification Conventions Throughout these procedures the following conventions apply m Each test procedure uses the following general format Title of Test Equipment Required Prerequisites Procedure
191. he test signal source Connect the output of the sine wave generator Item 12 to CH 1 Do this through a 50 precision coaxial cable followed by a 2X attenuator and adapter See Figure 4 25 Instrument under test Sine wave generator Output 2X Attenuator 50 Q Coaxial cable Figure 4 25 Initial test hookup d Set the trigger mode Press the Trigger MODE button to toggle it to NORMAL CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 99 Performance Tests ursors Measure Masks Mah App Utites Hep Euttons 17 Jun 03 14 28 14 Set upper n and lower Ho limits that MEN M hr ensure triggering Then change U UU UI n limits until V vot triggering M stops AEvent A amp BSeq B Event i pe Trigeer Type Pulse Width ees qid uo was v IH E Figure 4 26 Measurement of time accuracy for pulse and glitch triggering 2 Confirm the trigger system is within time accuracy limits for pulse glitch or pulse w idth triggering 1 ns time range 1 us a Set upper and lower limits that ensure triggering at 100 MHz See Figure 4 26 Press the fron
192. hown in Figure 9 1 on page 9 2 A dual processor system controls the instrument The instrument features an XGA resolution flat panel display a transparent touch screen and a front panel with direct access to commonly used instrument functions You can also use the instrument with a mouse pointing device or keyboard A signal enters the instrument through a direct coaxial connection to the input connector or a probe connected to the front panel Acquisition Board The acquisition board conditions the input signals samples them converts them to digital signals and controls the acquisition process under direction of the processor system The acquisition system includes the multi source trigger acquisition timebase and acquisition mode generation and control circuitry The acquisition board is located in the bottom compartment of the instrument Four vertical channels are accommodated All channels feature a TekConnect interface for additional front end signal conditioning functions OJE Converter Board The optical to electrical converter CSA7000B Series only board converts optical signals at its input to electrical signals The electrical signals are connected to the CH1 input using an adapter CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 3 1 Theory of Operation 3 2 Display Panel Front Panel Processor System The processor system contains two processor boards with microprocessors that control the
193. ialize DMA controller and interrupt controller 52h Memory testing initialization above 1M complete Initialize extra Intel Recovery Module 53h Memory size information is saved CPU registers Initialize floppy drive are saved b4h Shutdown successful CPU in real mode EAh Try to boot from floppy If reading of boot sector is successful give control to boot sector code 57h A20 address line parity NMI disable successful Booting from floppy failed look for ATAPI LS 120 Zip devices 58h Memory size adjusted for relocation shadow Try to boot from ATAPI If reading of boot sector is successful give control to boot sector code 59h Hit DEL message cleared WAIT gt message Booting from floppy and ATAPI device failed Give displayed two beeps Retry the booting procedure again go to check point E9 60h page register test passed MEE While control is inside the different bus routines additional checkpoints are output to port 80h to identify the routines In these checkpoints the low byte of the checkpoint is the system BIOS checkpoint from which the control is passed to the different bus routines The high byte of the checkpoint indicates which routine is being executed Table 6 10 describes which function being executed 6 80 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Troubleshooting Table 6 10 Different bus routines upper nibble high byte functions Value Desc
194. idth Sensor instrument bandwidth Amplitude NRV Z102 and Trigger Sensitivity range 6 mV to 2 Vp p Splitter Power Frequency range DC to 4 GHz Tektronix part number Checking delay between Tracking gt 2 0 015 0565 00 channels Adapter four required Male N to female BNC Tektronix part number Checking analog bandwidth 103 0045 00 Adapter Female N to male BNC Tektronix part number Checking analog bandwidth 103 0058 00 Adapter three required SMA female to female Tektronix part number Checking the delay between 015 1012 00 channels Adapter three required SMA male to female BNC Tektronix part number Checking the delay between 015 1018 00 channels Adapter SMA male to BNC female TCA BNC or TCA SMA and Signal interconnection four required SMA male to BNC female adapter Tektronix part number 015 0554 00 or 015 1018 00 Pulse Generator 2 MHz lt 150 ps rise time 5 V out Fluke 9500 1 2 Used to test delta time mea surement accuracy Cable Coaxial 50 20 in male to male SMA Tektronix part number Used to test delta time mea two required connectors 174 1427 00 surement accuracy Adapter SMA male to 2 SMA female Tektronix part number Used to test delta time mea 015 1016 00 surement accuracy Adapter SMA female to BNC male Tektronix part number Used to test delta time mea 015 0572 00 surement accuracy Adapter BNC male to female elbow Tektronix part number Used to test delta time mea 103 0031 00 surement acc
195. igure 4 33 Connect the Sense input of the generator through a second dual ba nana connector followed by a 50 precision coaxial cable to the other side of the BNC T connector Now connect the BNC T connector to CH 1 through a TCA BNC or BNC to SMA adapter See Figure 4 33 Instrument under test DC calibrator 5 1 eE 1557 connector Dual banana to BNC adapters 50 Q Coaxial cables Figure 4 33 Subsequent test hookup e Measure amplitude of the probe compensation signal m From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab m Touch Average and set the number of averages to 16 using the keypad or the multipurpose knob 4 112 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests m Adjust the output of the DC calibration generator until it precisely overlaps the top upper level of the stored probe compensation signal This value will be near 0 0 V m Record the setting of the DC generator m Adjust the output of the DC calibration generator until it precisely overlaps the base lower level of the stored probe compensation signal This value will be near 500 mV m Record the setting of the DC generator f Press Close to remove the menus from the display See Figure 4 34 meas M avo Tek Run Average 18 Jun 03 11 50 09
196. in the instrument The principal POWER switch located on the rear panel controls all power to the instrument including the Low Voltage Power Supply The ON STBY switch located on the front panel also controls all of the power to the instrument except for part of the circuitry in the standby power supply The power supply sends a power fail PF warning to the processor system if the power is going down Power is distributed throughout the instrument through the front and rear power distribution bus boards Fans fan assembly provides forced air cooling for the instrument The fans are controlled by the CPU and microprocessor CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 3 3 Theory of Operation 3 4 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Verification _ Performance Verification Two types of Performance Verification procedures can be performed on this product Brief Procedures and Performance Tests You may not need to perform all of these procedures depending on what you want to accomplish To rapidly confirm that the instrument functions and was adjusted properly just do the brief procedures under Self Tests which begin on page 4 5 Advantages These procedures are quick to do require no external equipment or signal sources and perform extensive functional and accuracy testing to provide high confidence that t
197. including the product The following symbols may appear on the product CAUTION WARNING Protective Ground Earth Terminal Refer to Manual High Voltage Earth Terminal Mains Disconnected Mains Connected OFF Power ON Power Standby CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual SS Service Safety Summary Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures Read this Service Safety Summary and the General Safety Summary before performing any service procedures Do Not Service Alone Do not perform internal service or adjustments of this product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is present Disconnect Power To avoid electric shock switch off the instrument power then disconnect the power cord from the mains power Use Care When Servicing With Power On Dangerous voltages or currents may exist in this product Disconnect power remove battery if applicable and disconnect test leads before removing protective panels soldering or replacing components To avoid electric shock do not touch exposed connections CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual xiii Service Safety Summary xiv CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual I Environmental Considerations Product End of Life Handling Restriction of Hazardous Substances This section provides information about the environment
198. input using a BNC cable and adapters BNC cable from the gt PROBE COMPENSATION output to the GAIN CAL SIG input on the fixture Figure 4 2 Universal test hookup for functional tests CH 1 shown 3 Turn off all channels If any of the front panel channel buttons are lighted push those buttons to turn off the displayed channels See Figure 4 3 4 8 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Brief Procedures Channel buttons c VERTICAL POSTION Gui POSTION 2 POSITION fyg POSITION H3 OQ O JQ A A A A NS NE SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE Figure 4 3 Channel button location 4 Select the channel to test Push the channel button for the channel you are currently testing The button lights and the channel display comes on 5 Setup the instrument m Push the front panel AUTOSET button This sets the horizontal and vertical scale and vertical offset for a usable display and sets the trigger source to the channel you are testing m Pull down the Vert menu select Vertical Setup and then touch Offset Confirm that the Ch1 Offset is about 0 18 to 0 54 V depending on the probe used 0 0 V if not using a probe 6 Verify that the channel is operational Confirm that the following statements are true m Verify that the vertical scale readout and the waveform amplitude for the channe
199. ion RTE Requires Option RTE IBA INFINIBand Compliance Module for Option RTE www Requires Option RTE USB USB2 Compliance Testing Software for USB1 0 USB2 0 standards requires TDSUSBF USB test fixture SM Seral Communications Mask Testing Standard on Saves ST Seva Pato Standard on csaroooB Serey hl TCI An one TOA IMEG TekConnechighmpedance butter Field upgrades al CSA7BUP Many are available Contact Tektronix see the back of the title page for a complete list of available CSA7UP options TDS7BUP Many are available Contact Tektronix see the back of the title page for a complete list of available TDS7UP options av0ZZSaL abporZvso 99092501 97922501 99912511 Service offerings o1 saene coroner ca Caran seniosenendevtocoertneeyeas Caran series onendevtocowriveyeas jomam mmm Ds wabastrawawene nons m m Pepai wanantyenendediocoertneeyeas a5 Reva wanantyenendediocoerhneyees J 7 2 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Options Accessories This section lists the standard and optional accessories available for this instrument Standard following accessories are
200. ion setting 0 5 V offset 73 26 mV 78 74 mV CH2 20 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 148 2 mV 155 8 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 146 4 mV 157 6 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 146 4 mV 157 6 mV CH2 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 370 5 mV 389 5 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 364 8 mV 395 2 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 364 8 mV 395 2 mV CH2 100 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 741 0 mV 779 0 mV 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 734 2 mV 785 8 mV 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 734 2 mV 785 8 mV CH2 200 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 1 482 V 1 558 V 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 1 469 V 1 571 V 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 1 469 V 1 571 V CH2 500 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 3 705V 3 895 V 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 3 682 V 3 918 V 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 3682 V 3 918 V CH2 1 0 V Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 7 40 V 7 790 V 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 5 826 V 6 174 V 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 5 826 V 6 174 V 4 30 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certi
201. it reset for troubleshooting There are three PCI busses on the PPC board the MicroATX primary PCI bus L2 PCI bus and the embedded PPC PCI bus A hardware fault on any of these busses can prevent Windows from starting properly PPC Instrument MicroATX Bridge Windows J114 MicroATX Primary PCI Bus Drawbridge 0 Tvia Video Adapter Figure 6 46 The three PCI busses Using jumpers J114 and J115 see Figure 6 48 on page 6 86 you can selective ly remove components from the MicroATX primary PCI bus This is useful when Windows will not start The Bridge board components on the MicroATX primary PCI bus are the Intel 21152 transparent bridge and the Tvia CP5202 video adapter 6 84 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Troubleshooting Installing J114 forces the transparent bridge all components on the L2 PCI bus and all components on the PPC PCI bus into reset If this allows Windows to start you will need to eliminate the PPC PCI bus The easiest way to force the PPC PCI bus into reset is to press and hold the PPC reset button S100 So adding jumper J114 and holding the reset button determine if the instrument will boot to Windows Installing J115 removes the Tvia video adapter from the Windows side Note neither the Bridge board VGA port or the LCD will function if J115 is installed Use the MicroATX VIDEO port see Figure 6 47 NOTE The Tvi
202. ities Format command Format will destroy all data currently on the disk If reformatting the hard disk and reloading the software will not repair the disk install a new hard disk drive CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 87 Troubleshooting 6 88 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual IDEEN e D Repackaging Instructions This section contains the information needed to repackage the instrument for shipment or storage Packaging When repacking the instrument for shipment use the original packaging If the packaging is unavailable or unfit for use contact your local Tektronix representa tive to obtain new packaging Seal the shipping carton with an industrial stapler or strapping tape Shipping to the Service Center Contact the Service Center to get an RMA return material authorization number and any return or shipping information you may need If the instrument is being shipped to a Tektronix Service Center enclose the following information m The RMA number m The owner s address m Name and phone number of a contact person and serial number of the instrument m Reason for returning A complete description of the service required Mark the address of the Tektronix Service Center and the return address on the shipping carton in two prominent locations CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 89
203. ive or not ank connected to instrument present 2 External monitor controls turned down 3 Defective monitor BIOS error message See BIOS error code Table 6 9 on page 6 77 Figure 6 43 Primary troubleshooting tree 6 68 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Troubleshooting Isolating to a Board if If the mains power switch is on and the instrument is not on power supply is in Power Will Not Come Up standby mode a red light see Figure 6 44 for its location is visible through the right side of the instrument If the instrument is on the red light is off Mains power on and over current LEDs are near the center of the power supply A red glow from them is visible while looking through the side of Instrument Figure 6 44 Location of power on and over current LEDs If the instrument thinks power is on a red light see Figure 6 44 means that there is an over current condition If the on standby pin pin C1 of P201 on the rear power distribution board or pin B162 on the bridge board is low the instrument thinks power is on Remove boards one at a time to locate a fault the display floppy acquisition board front analog supply to acquisition board and power distribution board and the MicroATX and the bridge boards If you remove the MicroATX board you must also remove the bridge board The PPC board and the rear power distribution board are required for p
204. l 75 solution and rinse with warm deionized water A cotton tipped applicator is useful for cleaning in narrow spaces and on circuit boards STOP If after doing steps 1 and 2 a module is clean upon inspection skip the remaining steps If steps 1 and 2 do not remove all the dust or dirt the instrument may be spray washed using a solution of 7526 isopropyl alcohol by doing steps 4 through 8 Gain access to the parts to be cleaned by removing easily accessible shields and panels see Removal and Installation Procedures Spray wash dirty parts with the isopropyl alcohol and wait 60 seconds for the majority of the alcohol to evaporate Use hot 120 F to 140 F deionized water to thoroughly rinse them Dry all parts with low pressure deionized air CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Maintenance 8 Dry all components and assemblies in an oven or drying compartment using low temperature 125 F to 150 F circulating air Lubrication There is no periodic lubrication required for this instrument CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 7 Maintenance 6 8 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Sy ERE Removal and Installation Procedures Preparation A This subsection contains procedures for removal and installation of all mechani cal and electrical modules WARNING Before doing this or any other
205. l offset set to zero and no optical signal input dust cap installed on the OPTICAL INPUT l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls See Figure 4 42 CSA7000B Instrument Q e 98000 2 5 5 S eee B 9 9 C X m Dust cap OJE Electrical Out to CH1 input adapter Figure 4 42 Initial test hookup a Install the fibre optic dust cap onto the OPTICAL INPUT connector of the O E converter b Install the O E Electrical Out to CH 1 Input adapter on the CSA Instru ment Press the DEFAULT SETUP button d Select CH1 for the waveform source e From the tool bar touch the Vert button and select the CH1 tab f Set the Scale to 50 uW div Set Position to 0 0div h Set Channel Offset to 0 0W i From the tool bar touch the Horiz button and select the Horizontal tab j Set the Scale to 20 ns div CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 127 Performance Tests 4 Set the Record Length to 4000 From the tool bar touch the Meas button and select the Histo tab Press the Mean Std Dev and Statistics buttons Set the Measurement Statistics to Mean and press the Setup button Press the Histogram button and set the Histogram Mode to Vert the Display to On and set the Source to Channel 1 Press the Advanced button Press the Close button 2 Follow this procedure to make the Optical Noise check
206. l under test are as shown in Table 4 1 Table 4 1 Vertical settings CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B TDS7154B amp TDS7704B With P7240 or P7260 Without probe 200 mV 5 2 divisions Setting Scale 2 5 divisions Waveform amplitude m The front panel vertical POSITION knob for the channel you are testing moves the signal up and down the screen when rotated CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 9 Brief Procedures Verify the Time Base Equipment required Prerequisites m Turning the vertical SCALE knob counterclockwise for the channel you are testing decreases the amplitude of the waveform on screen turning the knob clockwise increases the amplitude and returning the knob to the original scale setting returns the amplitude to that shown in Table 4 1 for that scale setting Verify that the channel acquires in all acquisition modes Pull down the Horiz Acq menu to select Horizontal Acquisition Setup Click the Acquisition tab in the control window that displays Click each of the acquisition modes and confirm that the following statements are true m Sample mode displays an actively acquiring waveform on screen Note that there is a small amount of noise present on the square wave Peak Detect mode displays an actively acquiring waveform on screen with the noise present in Sample mode peak detected m Hi Res mode displays an actively acquiring wa
207. lace the display assembly LCD lamps and cable CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Troubleshooting If the display adapter is bad the BIOS should report it using beep codes see Table 6 11 on page 6 81 If nothing is displayed is the display turned on At boot time and while using an external monitor connected to the MicroATX external video port press F2 to enter the BIOS setup The Advanced Video Configuration menu lets you select PCI LCD or Integrated the MicroATX VIDEO port on the rear panel The lower VGA port on the rear panel is the PCI video port driven by the same video controller as the LCD Booting Into Windows If the instrument will not boot run the CMOS restore utility see Update Restore the MicroATX Board CMOS on page 6 86 If booting starts finds the hard disk but hangs displaying the Windows splash screen 1 Select the Integrated video port using the setup menu 2 Disable the busses and disconnect the PPC board by installing J114 and J115 3 Ifthe system boots It will only boot to Windows the instrument application will not run to the external MicroATX video port replace the PPC board If the Instrument If the instrument boots into Windows but the instrument application does not Application Does Not work the DPO Man graphic is displayed check the following Work 1 The application software The Acquisition board 2 3 The PPC board 4 The Brid
208. lay the pop up keypad Click the keypad buttons to set the horizontal delay to 1 ms and then click the ENTER key Verify the waveform Verify that a rising edge of the waveform is within a few divisions of center screen Adjust the horizontal delay Rotate the upper multipurpose knob to change the horizontal delay setting Verify that the rising edge shifts horizontally Rotate the front panel horizontal POSITION knob Verify that this knob has the same effect it also adjusts delay but only when delay mode is on Verify the delay toggle function m Rotate the front panel horizontal POSITION knob to center the falling edge horizontally on the screen Change the horizontal SCALE to 40 ns div The rising edge of the waveform should remain near the center graticule Readjust the delay setting to position the rising edge 2 divisions to the right of the center graticule line Push the front panel DELAY button several times to toggle delay off and on and back off again Verify that the display switches quickly between two different points in time the rising edge shifts horizon tally on the display 9 Remove the test hookup Disconnect the BNC cable from the channel input and the probe compensation output Equipment required Prerequisites One BNC cable such as Tektronix part number 012 0076 00 One TCA BNC adapter None Initialize the instrument Push the front panel DEFAULT SETUP button Hook up the signal sourc
209. le 1 8 converter CSA7000B Series only Characteristic Description Optical input connector Rifocs universal connector wavelength range 700 nm to 1650 nm OIE gain gt 0 27 V mW 0 35 V mW typical at 780 20 nm gt 0 33 V mW 0 40 V mW typical at 850 nm 20 nm gt 0 64 V mW 0 75 V mW typical at 1310 nm 20 nm gt 0 64 V mW 0 75 V mW typical at 1550 nm 20 nm Applies to graded index multimode fiber with core diameter 62 5 um or smaller at the input and Electrical to CH1 Input adapter Optical Channel DC measurement accuracy typical 2 296 net offset 1 mW x reading Position W div Offset 0 35 Net Offset 3 uW 0 18 div x W div only between 10 uW div and 50 uW div inclusive Average of 16 waveforms The delta between any two averages of 16 waveforms acquired under the same setup and ambient conditions 2 2 x net offset 1 mW x reading 0 16 div x W div Excludes normal variations due to fiber connection to the front of the instrument Optical Channel Bandwidth includes OJE 5 C to 25 C O E to TekConnect adaptor and instrument 24GHz DC conversion gain linearity lt 4 mV div 4 5 6 x net offset 4 mV div to 99 5 mV div 4 2 x net offset 100 mV div to 1 0 V div 4 2 x net offset 10 Absolute maximum nondestructive optical input 5 mW average 10 mW peak at the wavelength with the highest relative responsivity Maximu
210. le 7 2 Standard accessories Cont Accessory Part number Probe Calibration and Deskew Fixture with instructions CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B 067 0405 xx TDS7704B TDS7404B amp CSA7404B 067 0484 xx Fiber cleaning kit CSA7404B 020 2494 xx FC PC UCI adapter installed CSA7404B 119 4516 xx Click N Burn Software CD 063 3575 xx Optional accessories in Table 7 3 are orderable for use with the instrument at the time this manual was originally published Consult a current Tektronix catalog for additions changes and details Table 7 3 Optional accessories Accessory Part number Service Manual 071 1227 xx Transit Case 016 1522 xx Scope Cart K4000 Option 1K P6158 20x 1 low capacitance voltage divider probe P6158 P6245 1 5 GHz high speed active probe P6245 P6248 1 5 GHz differential probe P6248 P7240 active 4 GHz probe P7240 P7260 active 6 GHz probe TDS7704B P7260 P7330 differential 3 5 GHz probe P7330 P7350 differential 5 GHz probe P7350 P7380SMA gt 8 GHz Differential acquisition system with SMA Inputs P7380SMA P6139A 500 MHz passive 10x probe P6139A P6243 1 GHz high speed active probe P6243 P6246 400 MHz differential probe P6246 P6247 1 GHz differential probe P6247 P6249 4 GHz differential probe P6249 P6330 differential 3 GHz probe P6330 TCP202 DC to 50 MHz current probe TCP202 P5205 high voltage differential probe P5205 P5210 high voltage differential probe P5210 7 4 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS
211. le cause s Display selection jumper set incorrectly on front panel board there are no jumpers on the board when the instrument is shipped from the factory this is the correct default setting Video adapter set to Integrated connect monitor to MicroATX VIDEO port enter BIOS set Video Adapter PCI BIOS setting not Advance Video Configuration Primary Video Adapter PCI Defective cable from front panel board to display adapter board Defective cable from inverter board to display adapter board Defective cable from inverter board to backlighting display lamp Defective backlighting display lamp Faulty display Faulty controller board Faulty inverter board Faulty display adapter board Refer to the BIOS error message tables starting on page 6 77 You will need a digital voltmeter to check power supply voltages as described on page 6 69 Testing might also be required to correct some faults Under those circumstances you will need the test equipment listed in the Performance Verification and Adjustment Procedures in this manual Fault Isolation Procedure Follow the primary troubleshooting tree in Figure 6 43 for fault isolation This tree calls for you to run the diagnostics programs and check for BIOS errors CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 67 Troubleshooting 1 See If the Oscilloscope Will Not Boot on Windows page 6 70 Boots 2 See Booting Into Windows
212. lowing substeps test CH 1 first skipping substeps a and b since CH 1 is already set up for testing from step 1 a Select an unchecked channel From the tool bar touch MEAS and then Clear to remove the previous measurement Press the Vertical button of the channel just confirmed to remove the channel from the display W Press the front panel Vertical button that corresponds to the channel you are to confirm Move the leveled output of the sine wave generator to the channel you selected CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests b Match the trigger source to the channel selected Press the Trigger SOURCE button until the source that corresponds to the channel you are to confirm is on Set the vertical scale Set the vertical SCALE that corresponds to the channel you are to confirm to one of the settings listed in Table 4 7 not yet checked Start with the 100 mV setting d Set the triggering coupling Touch the Coupling DC button Table 4 7 Analog bandwidth Test frequency Test frequency Test frequency Test frequency Limits Reference Vertical amplitude Horizontal CSA7404B scale 6 divisions scale 3 dB Limits S00mV fins 70 4060 2560 1806 2212 mv 500 fins 406 256 1500 gt 212 sV in j 7GHz 4086 2506 1566 gt 35 5 1 If your generator cannot output the required amplitude determine its
213. lution Degree 2 as defined in IEC 61010 1 Note Rated for indoor use only CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 1 29 Specifications Installation Overvoltage Terminals on this product may have different installation overvoltage category Category Descriptions designations The installation categories are m Measurement Category IV For measurements performed at the source of low voltage installation m Measurement Category III For measurements performed in the building installation Measurement Category II For measurements performed on circuits directly connected to the low voltage installation Wm Measurement Category I For measurements performed on circuits not directly connected to MAINS Overvoltage Category Overvoltage Category II as defined in IEC 61010 1 1 30 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Operating Information Operating Information Installation Before You Start Environmental Considerations A Connect the Peripherals This chapter covers installation information and basic operation instructions The basic operating software is already installed on the hard disk Refer to Software Installation on page 2 5 for instructions on reinstalling the software Verify that all parts and accessories for the instrument are available Use the graphical packing list that came with the oscilloscope to de
214. m nonsaturating linear response to transient The transient optical signal response is linear 6 for lt 170 uW average input typical input 340 uW p at 850 nm 120 uW average input 240 uW p at 1310 and 1550 nm Output zero Dark level 1 6 uW 40 1 division x W div from 10 uW to 50 uW per division vertical scale setting Maximum noise output rms CSA7404B 1310 nm and 1550 nm lt 1 1 uW 6 5 of W div setting 850 nm zx 2 1 uW 6 5 of W div setting 780 nm 2 6 uW 6 5 of W div setting O E converter alone lt 0 85 uW CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B TDS7154B Service Manual 1 23 Specifications Table 1 8 converter CSA7000B Series only Cont Characteristic Optical return loss typical Peak to peak aberrations in response to falling edge typical Maximum falling edge 10 to 2 settling time ORR disabled typical Smallest average power for mask test sensitivity typical Optical scale factor range Description With 50 um or 62 5 um core multimode fiber CPC6 gt 14 dB for 780 20 gt 14 dB for 850 nm 20 With 9 um core singlemode fiber SMF 28 gt 28 dB for 1310 nm 20 nm gt 28 dB for 1550 nm 20 nm The return loss includes optical reflection contributions from the device under test s SC SPC connector interface with the user s PC style connector as well as all other optical reflections from that interface up to and including the device under tes
215. mV 372 4 mV 366 7 mV 366 7 mV 744 8 mV 738 0 mV 738 0 mV 1 490 V 1 477 V 1 477 V 3 724 V 3 701 V 3 701 V 7 448 V 5 856 V 5 856 V Certificate Number 15 60 mV 16 00 mV 16 00 mV 38 76 mV 39 16 mV 39 16 mV 77 52 mV 78 36 mV 78 36 mV 155 0 mV 156 9 mV 156 9 mV 387 6 mV 393 3 mV 393 3 mV 775 2 mV 782 0 mV 782 0 mV 1 550 V 1 563 V 1 563 V 3 876 V 3 899 V 3 899 V 7 752 V 6 144 V 6 144 V 4 27 Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum Incoming Outgoing Maximum CH4 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 14 80 mV 15 60 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 14 40 mV 16 00 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 14 40 mV 16 00 mV CH4 5 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 37 24 mV 38 76 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 36 84 mV 39 16 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 36 84 mV 39 16 mV CH4 10 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 74 48 mV 77 52 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 73 64 mV 78 36 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 73 64 mV 78 36 mV CH4 20 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position set
216. mage the plastics used in this instrument Use only deionized water when cleaning the menu buttons or front panel buttons Use a 75 isopropyl alcohol solution as a cleaner and rinse with deionized water Before using any other type of cleaner consult your Tektronix Service Center or representative Inspection Exterior Inspect the outside of the instrument for damage wear and missing parts using Table 6 1 as a guide Immediately repair defects that could cause personal injury or lead to further damage to the instrument Table 6 1 External inspection check list Cabinet front panel Cracks scratches deformations Repair or replace defective and cover damaged hardware module Front panel knobs Missing damaged or loose Repair or replace missing or knobs defective knobs Connectors Broken shells cracked insulation Repair or replace defective and deformed contacts Dirt in modules Clear or wash out dirt connectors Carrying handle and Correct operation Repair or replace defective cabinet feet module Accessories Missing items or parts of items Repair or replace damaged or bent pins broken or frayed missing items frayed cables and cables and damaged connectors defective modules The display is a soft plastic display and must be treated with care during cleaning CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Maintenance CAUTION Improper cleaning agents or methods can damag
217. male connector connect a second monitor to use dual monitor display mode Video is DDC2B compliant Scope XGA video port Lower video port DB 15 female connector 31 6 kHz sync EIA RS 343A compliant connect to show the instrument display including live waveforms on an external monitor Parallel port IEEE 1284 DB 25 connector supports the following modes standard output only bidirectional PS 2 compatible bidirectional enhanced parallel port IEEE 1284 standard mode 1 or mode 2 v 1 7 bidirectional high speed extended capabilities port ECP Serial port DB 9 COM1 port uses NS16C550 compatible UARTS transfer speeds up to 115 2 kb s Keyboard port PS 2 compatible instrument must be powered down to make connection Mouse port PS 2 compatible instrument must be powered down to make connection LAN port RJ 45 connector supports 10 base T and 100 base T Audio ports Miniature phone jacks for stereo microphone input and stereo line output USB ports two Allows connection or disconnection of USB keyboard and or mouse while instrument power is on GPIB port IEEE 488 2 standard interface 1 20 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Table 1 7 Input output port specifications Cont Characteristic Description Probe Compensator Output Front panel BNC connector requires Probe Cal Deskew Fixture for probe attachment Note During probe calibration only a relay switches a DC calibr
218. mance Tests Optical to Electrical Converter Checks CSA7000B Series Only The procedure that follows checks those characteristics of the Optical to electri cal converter that are listed as checked under Warranted Characteristics in Specifications Check Dark Level Calibration Equipment Fiber optic dust cap Item 38 required OJE electrical out to CH1 input adapter Item 32 Prerequisites See page 4 17 Also the instrument must have passed Check DC Voltage Measurement Accuracy on page 4 45 l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Hook up test signal source 1 See Figure 4 41 on page 4 125 m Install the O E Electrical Out to CH 1 Input adapter the CSA Instrument Install the fibre optic dust cap onto the OPTICAL INPUT connector of the O E converter CSA7000B Instrument Dust cap OJE Electrical Out to CH1 input adapter Figure 4 41 Initial test hookup 2 Follow this procedure to make the Dark Level checks a In the Utilities menu select Instrument Calibration Check that the Status is Pass b Press the Calibrate button c Wait until the compensation is completed CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 125 Performance Tests d Check that the Status is Pass e From the tool bar touch Vert and select the Chan 1 tab f Select a Wavelength 3 Follow this procedure to calibrate the Dark Level a Press Dark L
219. maximum wet bulb temperature of 29 C 84 F at or below 60 C 140 F noncondensing Upper limit derates to 20 relative humidity at 60 C 140 F 3 048 m 10 000 ft 12 190 m 40 000 ft 0 24 grams from 5 Hz to 500 Hz 10 minutes on each axis 3 axis 30 minutes total with floppy disk and compact disk installed 2 28 0 from 5 Hz to 500 Hz 10 minutes on each axis 30 minutes total 3 axis CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 1 27 Specifications Certifications and Compliances EC Declaration of Conformity EMC Australia New Zealand Declaration of Conformity 1 28 EMC Meets intent of Directive 89 336 EEC for Electromagnetic Compatibility Compliance was demonstrated to the following specifications as listed in the Official Journal of the European Communities EN 61326 EMC requirements for Class A electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use Annex D m 61000 4 2 Electrostatic discharge immunity IEC 61000 4 3 RF electromagnetic field immunity m IEC 61000 4 4 Electrical fast transient burst immunity IEC 61000 4 5 Power line surge immunity 61000 4 6 Conducted RF Immunity wm IEC 61000 4 11 Voltage dips and interruptions immunity EN 61000 3 2 AC power line harmonic emissions EN 61000 3 3 Voltage changes fluctuations and flicker Complies with EMC provision of Radiocommunications Act per these stan dard
220. moval and Installation Procedures Loosen thumb screws gt lt 2 4 2 IS Remove the hard disk drive Figure 6 18 Hard disk drive removal bottom Drive cartridge top Pry detents 4 Figure 6 19 Separating the halves of the drive cartridge 6 34 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures 5 Remove the hard disk drive from the cartridge See Figure 6 20 on page 6 35 a Separate the two halves of the drive cartridge Carefully pry the detents on the cartridge cover above the slot in the bottom of the cartridge insert the blade of a small flat bladed screwdriver and twist Remove the top of the cartridge b Remove the four 0 Phillips screws that fasten the hard disk drive to the drive assembly c Carefully remove the hard disk drive from the cartridge by pulling forward on the drive removing the drive from the socket gt Hard disk drive Hard 4 cartridge back side Figure 6 20 Hard disk drive removal from cartridge CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 35 Removal and Installation Procedures 6 36 CD Drive 1 Locate module to be removed Locate the CD Drive in the locator diagram Internal Modules Figure 6 8 on page 6 21 Additional modules to be Removed m Trim all m Bottom cover m Lef
221. ms lt 0 1 100 mV div to 1 V div 20 ns 296 with 3 V step 1 ms lt 0 296 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 1 9 Specifications Table 1 2 Channel input and vertical specifications Cont Characteristic Description Pulse response peak detect or envelope mode Sample rate setting Minimum pulse width 2 5 GS s or less 400 ps Position range 5 divisions Offset range SCALE range Offset range 2 mV div to 50 mV div 0 50 V 50 5 mV div to 99 5 mV div 0 25 V 100 mV div to 500 mV div 5 V 505 mV div to 1 V div 2 5 V Offset accuracy Net offset is the nominal voltage that must be applied to the channel to bring the trace to center screen Net offset offset position x volts division Offset accuracy is the accuracy of this voltage level CSA7404B TDS7404B CSA7154 amp SCALE range Offset accuracy 2 mV div to 9 95 mV div 0 2 x net offset 1 5 mV 0 1 div x V div setting 10 mV div to 99 5 mV div 0 35 x net offset 1 5 mV 0 1 div x V div setting 100 mV div to 1 V div 0 35 x net offset 15 mV 0 1 div x V div setting TDS7704B SCALE range Offset accuracy 2 mV div to 9 95 mV div x 0 3596 x net offset 1 5 mV 0 1 div x V div setting 10 mV div to 99 5 mV div 0 5 x net offset 1 5 mV 0 1 div x V div setting 100 mV div to 1 V div 0 5 x net offset 15 mV 0 1 div V div setting 1 10 CSA7404B TDS770
222. ms to system modules The power on tests ensure that hardware is installed and can be accessed by the software The tests provide limited diagnostic information but do not provide any performance information The instrument diagnostics provide more extensive tests than the power on diagnostics The power on tests check the generic hardware including the keyboard mouse memory CPU and associated peripherals The interrupt lines and trigger lines are also checked If there are no failures you can view the results of the tests in the Instrument Diagnostics page under the Utilities menu Table 6 6 Power on diagnostic tests oo ADGA naars EE Trigger Lines Processor Memory 111 DRAMWalk1 112 DRAMCell 113 DRAMMarch 114 NVRAM PCI Bus 121 Scan Test 131 PAI 6 72 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Troubleshooting Table 6 6 Power on diagnostic tests Cont Component Group amp test Extended Display Registers 21 Display p Acquisition Registers 311 DAC a 312 Demux 313 Atten 314 Preamp 315 PLL 316 ADC Memory 321 MemData Va 322 MemAddr 323 DataFormat 324 MemSpeed Acq Modes 331 SubSample 332 PeakDetect 333 HiRes 344 Bit Tests NEN HF Step 351 PhaseCal Vertical 371 500hmOvid 372 ADC Connects 381 ClockFreq CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 7
223. n Module Servicing Replacement parts are available through your local Tektronix field office or representative Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate improved components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements Therefore when ordering parts it is important to include the following information in your order W Part number Instrument type or model number Instrument serial number Instrument modification number if applicable If you order a part that has been replaced with a different or improved part your local Tektronix field office or representative will contact you concerning any change in part number Modules can be serviced by selecting one of the following three options Contact your local Tektronix service center or representative for repair assistance Module Exchange In some cases you may exchange your module for a reman ufactured module These modules cost significantly less than new modules and meet the same factory specifications For more information about the module exchange program call 1 800 833 9200 select option 2 Module Repair and Return You may ship your module to us for repair after which we will return it to you New Modules You may purchase replacement modules in the same way as other replacement parts CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 10 1 Mechanical Parts List Using
224. nd secure and that all components of the system are in good condition Optical fiber can gradually degrade the system performance as it is repeatedly flexed over time Equipment required Optical impulser item 28 Tektronix OA5022 variable optical attenuator item 30 Multimode fiber optic cable 2 m FC to FC connectors item 34 Optical attenuator 10 dB FC FC female male connectors item 35 OJE Electrical Out to CH 1 Input adapter Item 32 Prerequisites See page 4 17 Before performing this procedure be sure you have completed the Optical Noise procedure on page 4 127 Setup Install the test hookup and preset the controls l Install the test hookup as shown in Figure 4 44 2 Start with about 30 dB of attenuation on the variable attenuator NOTE To avoid dispersing the narrow optical impulse signal keep all fiber lengths as short as possible Lengths that are 2 to 3 meters long are acceptable 3 Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button 4 From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab 5 Select the Average acquisition mode Set the number of averages to 64 Touch the Equivalent Time ET button CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 133 Performance Tests 4 134 CSA7000B Instrument Optical impulser generator Variable optical attenuator O nep v CJ h OPTICAL
225. ng CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 79 Troubleshooting Table 6 9 POST codes Cont Displayed Displayed error code Error message error code Error message 4Bh Amount of memory above 1M found and verified If D4h Verify base memory power on go to check point 4Eh 4Ch Memory below 1M cleared SOFT RESET D5h Copy initialization code to segment 0 and transfer control to segment 0 4Dh Memory above 1M cleared SOFT RESET Going D6h Control is in segment 0 To check recovery mode to save the memory size Go to check and verify main BIOS checksum If either it is point 52h recovery mode or the main BIOS checksum is bad go to check point EO for recovery else go to check point D7 for giving control to main BIOS 4Eh Memory test started NOT SOFT RESET Find Main BIOS module in ROM image 4Fh Memory size display started This will be updated D8h Uncompress the main BIOS module during memory test Going for sequential and random memory test 50h Memory testing initialization below 1M complete D9h Copy main BIOS image to F000 shadow RAM and give control to main BIOS in F000 shadow RAM 51h Memory size display adjusted due to relocation On board Floppy Controller is initialized Com shadow pressed recovery code is uncompressed in F000 0000 in Shadow RAM and give control to recovery code in F000 Shadow RAM Initialize interrupt vector tables initialize system timer init
226. ng 0 5 V offset 147 1 mV 156 9 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 147 1 mV 156 9 mV CH2 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 372 4 mV 387 6 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 366 7 mV 393 3 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 366 7 mV 393 3 mV CH2 100 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 744 8 mV 775 2 mV 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 738 0 mV 782 0 mV 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 738 0 mV 782 0 mV CH2 200 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 1 490 V 1 550 V 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 1 477 V 1 563 V 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 1 477 V 1 563 V CH2 500 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 3 724 V 3 876 V 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 3 701 V 3 899 V 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 3 701 V 3 899 V CH2 1 0 V Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 7 448 V 7 752 V 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 5 856 V 6 144 V 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 5 856 V 6 144 V 4 26 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Temperature Date of Calibration Instrument performance test CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS
227. ng to access controller Error while trying to access controller NVRAM is being checked Invalid NVRAM has been updated Unable to update invalid NVRAM Make sure keyboard is connected properly Keyboard test failed If no memory was removed the memory may be bad If no memory was added system may have a problem If no memory was added or removed the memory may be bad Boot device not found Parity error occurred on an off board card Parity error occurred in on board memory Error occurred in on board memory at an unknown address Turn off power and remove the jumper CMOS is ignored and NVRAM is cleared Enter Setup Displayed error code Error message error code Error message 00h DMA 1 base register test passed 03h DMA 2 base register test passed 05h BIOS stack set Going to disable cache if any 66h DMA unit 1 and 2 programming over 06h Extended NMI sources enabling is in progress CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 77 Troubleshooting Table 6 9 POST codes Cont Displayed Displayed error code Error message error code Error message CPU initialization and CPU data area initialization Keyboard test started Clearing output buffer to be done checking for stuck key to issue keyboard reset command 08h CMOS checksum calculation to be done next CN Keyboard reset error stuck key found 0 Any initialization before keyboard BAT to be done E Keyboard
228. ngs MultiView Zoom To take advantage of the full resolution of the instrument you can zoom in on a waveform to see the fine details Both vertical and horizontal Zoom functions are available Zoomed waveforms can be aligned locked and automatically scrolled Measurement Features Cursors Use cursors to take simple voltage time and frequency measurements CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 1 3 Specifications 1 4 Trigger Features Convenience Features Automatic Measurements Choose from a large palette of amplitude time and histogram measurements You can customize the measurements by changing reference levels or by adding measurement gating Mask Testing Optional on TDS7000B Series Provides mask testing for verifying compliance to optical CSA7000B Series only and electrical standards Optical mask testing uses integrated reference receivers Simple and Advanced Trigger Types Choose simple edge trigger or choose from eight advanced trigger types to help you capture a specific signal fault or event Dual Triggers Use the A main trigger system alone or add the B trigger to capture more complex events You can use the A and B triggers together to set up a delay by time or delay by events trigger condition Comm Triggers Optional on TDS7000B Series Use comm triggers to trigger on communication signals Serial Triggers Optional on TDS7000B Series Use serial triggers to trigger
229. nse or Frequency Response of the system Refer to Figure 4 45 a From the tool bar touch Math and select the Math 1 tab b Press the Spectral Analysis Setup button and select the Create tab c Press the Magnitude button and then the Channel 1 button to create a magnitude FFT math waveform d From the Window Type drop down list select Rectangular e Select the Mag tab f Press the Scale dBm button g Press Freq Span and use the general purpose knobs to adjust the frequency span to 5 GHz Set the Center Frequency to 2 5 GHz a frequency span of 4 GHz and center frequency of 2 GHz are also acceptable h Setthe Ref Level to 5 2 dBm and press Apply i From the tool bar touch Math and select the Math 1 tab j Set the Math Scale to 3 dBm per division CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 135 Performance Tests 4 136 12 Observe the desired response characteristics using the vertical paired cursors see Figure 4 46 a Press the front panel CURSOR button b Press the Cursor Type Waveform button Press Cursorl if it is not already selected d Select the Math tab and press Math 1 e Press Cursor2 select the Math tab and set to f Press Close NOTE Pressing the FINE button will change cursor speed g Position the first cursor at 400 MHz h Position the second cursor Ay to the 6 dBm point see Table 4 16 and Figure 4 46
230. nt Panel Combination assembly 6 58 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures CAUTION Further disassembly of the Acquisition board and Front panel A N combination assembly will damage optical cables and components requiring replacement of the Acquisition board and Front panel combination assembly Do not let either the board or assembly hang from be lifted by or in some other method stress the cables connected between the Acquisition board and the Front panel combination assembly TekConnect board SN A 15 Torx AS screw 3 gt lt ON E 5 Torx screw 5 E TekConnect bucket Figure 6 39 TekConnect board and TekConnect bucket removal CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 59 Removal and Installation Procedures Acquisition Board 1 Locate module to be removed Replacement of this board must be performed TDS7000B Series by a Tektronix Service Center Locate the Acquisition board in the locator diagram Figure 6 8 on page 6 21 Additional modules to be removed N CAUTION This board should only be replaced by Tektronix m Trim W Bottom cover m Left and Right covers m Front and Rear Power Distribution Boards PA Bus board 2 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its top is down on the work surface and its bottom is facing you 3 Remove the Acquisition board See
231. ol for any setup required before optional video ROM check 6 78 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Initialization required after optional ROM test over 24h To do any setup before Int vector initialization ELM Floppy setup complete 25h Interrupt vector initialization to begin To clear Init of different buses optional ROMs from C800 to password if necessary start 27h Any initialization before setting video mode to be Going to do any initialization before C800 optional done ROM control 28h Going for monochrome mode and color mode Any initialization before C800 optional ROM control setting is over Troubleshooting Table 6 9 POST codes Cont Displayed Displayed error code Error message error code Error message 2Ch To look for optional video ROM and give control Return after setting timer and printer base address 2Dh To give control to processing after video ROM Returned after RS 232 base address returns control 2Eh If EGA VGA not found then do display memory Required initialization before Coprocessor is over R W test 2Fh EGA VGA not found Coprocessor initialized 30h Display memory R W test passed Initialization after Coprocessor test is complete 31h Display memory R W test or retrace checking Going to display any soft errors failed 32h Alternate Display memory R W test passed Soft error display complete 34h Video display checking over Keyboard typematic rate
232. oltage Power 1 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed Locate the modules Supply to be removed in the locator diagram Internal Modules Figure 6 8 on page 6 21 Additional modules to be Removed m Trim all m Bottom cover Left and Right covers m Front and Rear Distribution Boards and the PA bus interconnect board 2 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its bottom is down on the work surface and its right side is facing you 3 Remove the low voltage power supply See Figure 6 24 on page 6 40 a Remove the two T 15 Torxdrive screws securing the low voltage power supply to the right side chassis support b Remove the three 1 15 Torxdrive screws securing the low voltage power supply to rear chassis CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 39 Removal and Installation Procedures Grasp the low voltage power supply and carefully slide the assembly out of the instrument 4 Reinstallation Do in reverse steps a through c to reinstall the low voltage power supply T 15 Torxdrive screw 3 Low voltage power supply T 15 Torxdrive screw 2 Figure 6 24 Low voltage power supply removal 6 40 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Micro ATX Battery 1 Locate module to be removed Locate the Micro ATX battery in the locator diagram Internal Modules Figure 6 8 on
233. onnector See Figure 4 13 Connect the Sense input of the generator through a second dual ba nana connector followed by a 50 precision coaxial cable to the other side of the BNC T connector Now connect the BNC T connector to CH 1 through a 10X attenuator and an adapter See Figure 4 13 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 73 Performance Tests Output Sense Dual banana to BNC adapters Instrument under test 00 DC calibrator 1 S 5 0 00 000 7 10X Attenuator 50 Q Coaxial cables BNCT connector Figure 4 13 Initial test hookup b Initialize the instrument Press DEFAULT SETUP c Modify the default settings From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab Touch Average and set the number of averages to 16 2 Confirm input channels are within limits for maximum input voltage Do the following substeps test CH 1 first skipping substep 2a since CH 1 is already selected from step 1 a Select an unchecked channel From the tool bar touch MEAS and then Clear to remove the previous measurement Press the Vertical button of the channel just confirmed to remove the channel from the display Press the front panel Vertical button that corresponds to the channel you are to confirm Set the generator output to 0 V Move the test hookup to the channel
234. opes Press the Trigger SLOPE 4 104 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests button to switch between trigger slopes Use the Trigger LEVEL knob to stabilize the trigger if required Leave the trigger system triggered on the positive slope of the waveform before proceeding to the next check m Press the Trigger SOURCE button to toggle it to CH 1 4 Confirm that the trigger system is within sensitivity limits full bandwidth a Set the Horizontal Scale Set the Horizontal SCALE to 200 ps b Display the test signal m Set the generator frequency to full bandwidth as follows CSA7404B 3 GHz TDS7704B 3 GHz CSA7404B 3 GHz TDS7404B 3 GHz TDS7254B 2 5 GHz TDS7154B 1 5 GHz m Set the generator amplitude on screen as follows TDS7704B 7 divisions CSA7404B 7 divisions TDS7404B 7 divisions TDS7254B 5 divisions TDS7154B 5 divisions Now fine adjust the generator output until the CH 1 Amplitude readout indicates the amplitude is as follows Readout may fluctuate TDS7704B 750 mV CSA7404B 750 mV TDS7404B 750 mV TDS7254B 500 mV TDS7154B 500 mV m Disconnect the cable at CH 1 and reconnect it to CH 1 through a 5X attenuator Check that a stable trigger is obtained c Repeat step 2 substep b for the full bandwidth selected d Display the test signal delay trigger at 1 5 GHz m Set the generator frequency as follows CSA7404B 1 5 GHz CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7
235. or setting for the second mean g Check against limits Subtract the second measurement mean from the first measurement mean for the current vertical scale position and offset CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 67 Performance Tests Check Offset Accuracy 4 68 W Record the difference of the two mean measurements in the Difference of Measurement Means column of Table 4 4 m CHECK that the Difference of Measurement Mean is within the limits listed for the current vertical scale position offset generator settings Enter measurement mean difference value on test record h Repeat substeps m Repeat substeps d through g using the next position offset and generator settings listed in the table for the current vertical scale m Repeat substeps d through g using the next position offset and generator settings listed in the table for the current vertical scale i Repeat substeps c through h until all vertical scale settings listed in Table 4 4 are checked for the channel under test j Test all channels Repeat substeps a through i for all four channels 3 Disconnect the hookup a Set the generator output to 0 V b Disconnect the cable and adapter from the generator output and the input connector of the channel last tested Equipment required Two dual banana connectors Item 5 One BNC T connector Item 6 One DC calibration generator Item 9 One SMA male to female B
236. ord before an upgrade can be installed To use the utility run the LockUpgrades exe file and follow the on screen instructions The LockUpgrades exe file is in the following directory C Program Files Tektronix TekScope NOTE Using the OS Restore CD to reinstall the operating system resets the LockUpgrades utility to the default setting and allows firmware upgrades CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Operating Information Operating Information Back Up User Files User Interface Map This section covers basic operation information so that you can operate and prepare to service the instrument You should always back up your user files on a regular basis Use the Microsoft Backup tool to back up files stored on the hard disk The Backup tool is located in the System Tools folder in the Accessories folder 1 Minimize the instrument application by selecting Minimize from the File menu 2 Select the Windows Start button point to Programs Accessories System Tools and then click Backup 3 Use the Microsoft Backup tool to select your backup media and to select the files and folders that you want to back up Use the online help for informa tion on using the Backup tool You can back up to the floppy drive or to a third party storage device over the printer port rear panel This section shows the main parts of the user interface The following illustration shows the instrument in
237. oved Locate the Display assembly Figure 6 12 page 6 28 Additional modules to be Removed m Trim front panel amp top 2 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its bottom is down on the work surface and its front panel is facing you not set the Display module assembly on a work surface Sliding the instrument over the edge of the work surface could break off the On Standby switch assembly CAUTION To avoid damage to the front panel Standby On switch assembly do 3 Remove the Display assembly See Figure 6 12 page 6 28 a Remove the four T 15 Torxdrive screws that secure the display assembly to the chassis b Grasp the display assembly at the finger reliefs located at the top right and bottom left corners of the display assembly and pull forward far enough to allow access to the flex cable connectors c Disconnect the J2 and J3 flex cables from the display assembly Remove the display module assembly from the instrument See Figure 6 12 page 6 28 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 27 Removal and Installation Procedures T 15 Torxdrive NS screw 4 EMI J2 amp J3 flex cables assembly Figure 6 12 Display removal 4 Remove the Touch panel from the Display assembly See figures 6 13 and 6 14 on pages 6 29 and 6 30 CAUTION To prevent degradation of the display sharpness this procedure must performed in a dust free en
238. ower to come up If removing the boards did not find the problem replace the power supply Checking the Power check the power supply voltages power on the instrument and connect the Supply Voltages reference lead of a digital voltmeter to chassis ground such as the top of the power supply Attach a 0 025 inch square pin to the probe tip of the other lead and insert it into a pin on one of the connectors The pins that should be carrying voltages are listed in Table 6 5 The location of the J1 and J2 connectors is shown in Figure 6 45 on page 6 70 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 69 Troubleshooting If the Instrument Will Not 6 70 Boot Measure the power supply voltages with the voltmeter and compare each reading to the values listed in the tables If the voltages are within about 5 of the nominal voltages your power supply is functional Table 6 5 Power supply voltages Front power distribution board E P2 and Power supply J2 Voltage P1 and Power supply J1 Voltage Pins A B C1 3 5 7 9 11 H2V Pins A B C13 jv Pins 15 33V Pins A B C17 18 20 21 22 198 V Pins A B C24 25 27 28 30 31 J1 and P1 PA bus circuit board J2 and P2 Biss power Front power distribution distribution circuit board circuit board Figure 6 45 Connectors J1 and J2 If there is a display on the VGA port but not on the LCD rep
239. page 6 21 Additional modules to be removed m Trim all m Bottom cover m Left and Right covers 2 Remove the Micro ATX battery See Figure 6 25 page 6 41 CAUTION Only perform these steps if you need to replace the Micro ATX battery Removal of this battery will cause the loss of some BIOS settings a Move the hold down spring away from the battery Pull the battery up and out of the instrument see Figure 6 25 Micro ATX battery location Jae P ME UM Micro ATX board Figure 6 25 Micro battery removal 3 Reinstallation Reinstall the micro ATX battery as follows a Doin reverse step 2a to reinstall the micro ATX battery b Reinstall the default CMOS parameters W Press the F2 key during reboot to enter the BIOS SETUP UTILITY m Inthe BIOS SETUP UTILITY press the F9 key W Press the Enter key to Load Optimal Defaults m Inthe BIOS SETUP UTILITY press the F10 key Press the Enter key to Save configuration changes and exit CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 41 Removal and Installation Procedures Micro ATX Board 1 Locate module to be removed Locate the Micro ATX Board in the locator diagram Internal Modules Figure 6 8 on page 6 21 Additional modules to be removed m Trim all m Bottom cover m Left and Right covers m Floppy disk drive assembly m Hard disk drive assembly m drive assembly 2 Remove the Micro ATX Board assembly See Figur
240. pdates After Repair Instrument Diagnostics If the instrument passes all the CheckIt Utilities tests the primary tree calls for you to run the instrument Diagnostics The instrument Diagnostics are a comprehensive software test that checks the functionality of the instrument If the instrument Diagnostics test fails the instrument is defective To run the instrument Diagnostics do the following steps 1 Turn off all other applications 2 From the menu bar touch Utilities and then select Instrument Diagnostics The instrument has two levels of internal diagnostics that focus on verifying adjusting and if need be isolating faulty modules Both levels of internal diagnostics report any bad modules If a bad module is found replace the module The two levels of diagnostics are the short confidence set and the extended set that tests the instrument circuitry in depth and takes more time At power on the instrument automatically executes the short set The extended set is optional and is executed by using the following procedure Prerequisites Power on the instrument and allow a 20 minute warm up before doing this procedure l Display the System diagnostics menu a From the menu bar touch Utilities and then select Instrument Diagnostics Software updates are easy to do Simply install the firmware CD in your instrument and follow the displayed instructions or the instructions that accompany the CD If you want to order
241. plays a familiar Windows dialog box for locating the settings file that you want to recall c Inthe Recall Instrument Setup dialog box select the 31 Floppy A icon in the Look in drop down list d Locate and then double click in the dialog box on the setup file that you previously stored e Verify that the instrument retrieved the saved setup from the disk Do this by noticing the horizontal SCALE is again 1 ms and the waveform shows ten cycles just as it did when you saved the setup 11 Remove the test hookup a Disconnect the BNC cable and adapter from the channel input and the probe compensation output b Remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk drive CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 15 Brief Procedures 4 16 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Sy ACIE Performance Tests Prerequisites This section contains a collection of manual procedures for checking that instrument performs as warranted The procedures are arranged in logical groupings Signal Acquisition System Checks Time Base System Checks Triggering System Checks Output Ports Checks Serial Trigger Checks and Optical to Electrical Converter Checks They check all the characteristics that are designated as checked in Specifica tions The characteristics that are checked appear with a Specifications STOP These procedures extend the confidence level provided by t
242. pment Item number and description 1 10 11 Attenuator 10X two required Attenuator 5X Termination 50 three required Cable Precision 50 2 Coaxial three required Connector Dual Banana two required Connector BNC T Probe Floppy disk Generator DC Calibra tion Generator Calibration Timer counter Procedures starting on page 4 45 use external traceable signal sources to directly check warranted characteristics Table 4 2 lists the required equipment Purpose Ratio 10X impedance 50 connec tors female input male output BNC lt 2 GHz Tektronix part number 011 0059 02 SMA lt 18 GHz Tektronix part number 015 1003 00 BNC lt 2 GHz Tektronix part number 011 0060 02 SMA x 18 GHz Tektronix part number 015 1002 01 Impedance 50 connectors female Tektronix part number Signal termination for BNC input male BNC output 011 0049 02 channel delay test 50 36 in male to male BNC Tektronix part number Signal interconnection connectors 012 0482 00 Female BNC to dual banana Tektronix part number Various accuracy tests 103 0090 00 Male BNC to dual female BNC Tektronix part number Checking trigger sensitivity 103 0030 00 A P7240 probe Tektronix part number P7240 Signal interconnection A P7260 probe TDS7704B Tektronix part number P7260 Signal attenuation Ratio 5X impedance 50 2 connec tors female input male output Si
243. position and offset settings you have made or set the generator for the readout indicated in the table for the vertical scale position and offset settings you have made See Figure 4 14 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 75 Performance Tests 4 76 NOTE When setting the Fluke 9500B to output more than 5 V use the following procedure Press the Aux button Press the fourth soft key down Selects the pulse with an exclamation point Set the amplitude to 6 5 V or 10 V Press the gt key to select the pulse energy Set the energy to 50J Press the Output On key Press the Trig Pulse soft key to trigger the pulse this will generate a pulse with 59 172 30 864 and 25 seconds duration respectively Use the normal DC output for the 1 V 3 V and 5 V generator settings Ch1 Offset 0 0 Ch1 Scale 50 0mV Turn on the measurement called E high and read the i results here After removing the 10X attenuator check the coupling readout ofthe channel you are testing soomv High 100 0mv 5n 2 5ns 20 0GS s IT 5 0ps pt 40 Figure 4 14 Check of maximum input voltage e Check an unchecked generator setting against limits m Remove the 10X attenuator m CHECK that the coupling readout on screen for the selected channel is as listed for the current vertical scale and position offset gen
244. power supply Front panel light comes on instrument powers on but one or more fans will not operate m Faulty fan cable m Defective fan assembly m Faulty power supply CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 65 Troubleshooting Table 6 4 Failure symptoms and possible causes Cont Symptom Possible cause s appears dead power SO DIMMs incorrectly installed or missing Missing DIMMs light comes on but monitor will cause a POST fault and MicroATX will beep screen s is are blank instru Defective Power PC PPC board mi b Tent emis Hold down on standby button on the PPC if system boots replace the power supply Defective hard disk drive Incorrect hard disk type selected in the BIOS setup Replaceable hard disk drive not installed Power supply failure Corrupted BIOS module firmware reinstall firmware Hard disk drive not configured as bootable slave master hard disk drive m Loose cable Faulty bridge board Faulty PPC board Defective CD ROM Defective CD ROM drive cable Defective CD ROM board Incorrect CD ROM configuration in the BIOS setup Hard disk drive related symptoms CD ROM related symptoms 6 66 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Troubleshooting Table 6 4 Failure symptoms and possible causes Cont Symptom Flat panel display blank BIOS error messages Equipment Required Possib
245. pply button the instrument automatically fills all leading bit positions with an X don t cares c Setthe Serial Pattern Data pattern bits to XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX d Touch Apply e Verify that the instrument triggers on a 1 see Figure 4 38 Enter pass or fail in the test record f Touch the Clear button g Set all Serial Pattern Data bits to X except for the nth bit where n is the step number For example if step 4c is step 1 for bit 1 the pattern for step 2 bit 2 is XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XX1X h Touch Apply i Verify that the trigger occurs n modulo 3 clock cycles after the 1 see Figure 4 38 Enter pass or fail in the test record j Repeat steps g and i until all 64 bits of the Serial Pattern Data have contained a 1 5 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the cables and adapters from the inputs and outputs CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 119 Performance Tests Edit Vertical Horiz Triggering on a 1 Step 1 4 7 10 Triggering 1 clock cycle after a 1 Step 2 5 8 11 Triggering 2 clock cycles after a 1 Step 3 6 9 12 Wat 1 25GHz Figure 4 38 N modulo 3 triggering 4 120 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Check Serial
246. r The O E converter outputs a voltage swing whose amplitude is linearly dependent on the incoming optical power swing In this condition the voltage applied at the electrical sampler already represents Optical Power in its linear form as opposed to having to square the voltage and divide by R For the O E converter then the bandwidth where the displayed optical power is one half that approaching DC is Power aB 10 x tog es n Powerpc The Vr in such a system is one half 0 5 the as opposed to 0 707 The optical bandwidth therefore corresponds to the traditional electrical bandwidth at 6 dB During testing of O E converter via impulse testing the resulting impulse waveform is converted to frequency via Fourier transform and the bandwidth is defined as 3 dB 10 x lo vertical swing frequency vertical swing DC This definition is used for bandwidth settings During reference receiver curve calculation however the definition is changed to match the industry standard definition which was authored assuming electrical bandwidths where 3 dB 20 x log zem swing eem vertical swing DC This definition is used for reference receiver settings This procedure checks the minimum optical bandwidth of the instrument CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests NOTE To optimize performance make sure that all connections are clean a
247. r gpr2 if the correct vendor identifier is returned If the incorrect identifier is returned data 0x01bad106 is written to the register 0 MPC740 initialization First PCI access test and This is not a pass fail test only an attempt to read the PCI MPC106 walking one test or UART initialize bus Read the configuration space of the SIO The SIO should return the vendor device identifier 0x00021057 within MPC106 configuration test MPC740 gpr2 register No data comparison or fault determination occurs DIP switches are not checked Set UART to 9600 n 8 1 No testing or fault reporting is performed Once completed console is usable Dip switches are not checked 1 First PCI access test and PC87560 walking one Walk a one through the configuration register Walk a one UART initialize through the AD bus 2 PC87560 walking one PC87560 configuration Request vendor device identifier Data Ox0face560 is written to MPC740 register gpr6 if correct identifier is returned If incorrect identifier is returned data 0x01bad560 is written to MPC740 register gpr6 3 PC87560 configuration DEC21554 configuration Request vendor device identifier Data Ox0face215 is written to MPC740 register gpr6 if correct identifier is returned If incorrect identifier is returned data 0x01bad215 is written to MPC740 register gpr6 4 DEC21554 configuration RS232 interface test Send UUUUUUUU 55hex 1010101 binary to console 5 RS232 interface test ROM checksum
248. r button Enter data into the Serial Pattern Data field for one of the settings in Table 4 11 that is not yet checked Start with the first setting listed Touch Apply Verify that the instrument triggers one Unit Interval UI before the 1 in the input signal see Figure 4 37 Enter pass or fail in the test record Touch the Clear button Enter data into the Serial Pattern Data field for the next setting in Table 4 11 that is not yet checked Touch Apply Verify that the instrument triggers at the 1 in the input signal see Figure 4 37 Enter pass or fail in the test record Touch the Clear button Enter data into the Serial Pattern Data field for the next setting in Table 4 11 that is not yet checked CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 117 Performance Tests 4 118 Triggered 1 UI before a 1 Triggered on a 1 Triggered 1 Ul after a 1 JU Help Tek Run Sample 20 Jun 03 16 12 47 Curs Pos 400 0ps HU Freq 434 8MHz 5317 t1 400 0 2 5ns div 12 400 Ops 20 0GS s IT 5 0ps pt At 800 0ps ci 1 At 1 25GHz Even J A BSeq B Event Mode Esma Acquire Format msb Serial Pattern 15 Trigger Serial v Run Sample 20 Jun 03 16 14 52 i Curs1 Pos i 400 0ps EUM ME E T IP Gm USERS
249. r the BIOS SETUP UTILITY In the BIOS SETUP UTILITY press the F9 key Press the Enter key to Load Optimal Defaults In the BIOS SETUP UTILITY press the F10 key Press the Enter key to Save configuration changes and exit CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Troubleshooting Installing an Authorization Key If you replace your PPC board or add a new options you must install a new authorization key Install the authorization key using the following procedure 1 From the instrument menu bar touch the Utilities menu select Option Installation and then touch Continue Enter the new key using an attached keyboard Touch Continue Hard Disk Drive Maintenance Use the same procedures to maintain the instrument hard disk drive that you use to maintain a hard disk drive in a personal computer Using ScanDisk attempt to fix the disk without destroying data on the disk To use ScanDisk perform the following steps 1 2 3 Remove the hard disk drive from the instrument Install the hard disk drive into a personal computer Power up the computer and run ScanDisk Set Scandisk to perform a thorough surface scan and to automatically fix errors m Using Microsoft Windows 2000 select Computer File Proper ties Tools Error checking m Using Microsoft MSDOS enter SCANDISK drive SURFACE AUTOFIX If ScanDisk will not repair the disk format the hard disk drive using the File Util
250. rate limits Serial word recognizer Signal path 0 Pattern matching 1 Trigger 1 UI before 0 Trigger on 0 Trigger 1 UI after 0 Signal path 1 Pattern matching 1 Trigger 1 UI before 1 Trigger on 1 Trigger 1 UI after 1 Pattern matching 0 Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 Position 5 Position 6 Position 7 Position 8 Position 9 Position 10 Position 11 Position 12 Position 13 Position 14 Position 15 Position 16 Position 17 Position 18 Position 19 Position 20 Position 21 Position 22 Position 23 Position 24 Position 25 Position 26 Position 27 Position 28 Position 29 Position 30 Position 31 Position 32 Position 33 Position 34 Position 35 Position 36 Position 37 Position 38 Position 39 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 41 Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum Incoming Outgoing Maximum Pattern matching 0 continued Position 40 N A Position 41 N A Position 42 N A Position 43 N A Position 44 N A Position 45 N A Position 46 N A Position 47 N A Position 48 N A Position 49 N A Position 50 N A Position 51 N A Position 52 N A Position 53 N A Position 54 N A Position 55 N A Position 56 N A Position 57 N A Position 58 N A Position 59 N A Position 60 N A Position 61 N A Position 62 N A Posi
251. replace damaged solder connections Burned circuit board circuit boards Burned broken or cracked circuit run plating Resistors Burned cracked broken Remove and replace damaged blistered condition circuit board Solder connections Cold solder or rosin joints Resolder joint and clean with isopropyl alcohol CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 5 Maintenance 6 6 Table 6 2 Internal inspection check list Cont Item Repair action Capacitors Damaged or leaking cases Remove and replace damaged Corroded solder on leads or circuit board terminals Semiconductors Loosely inserted in sockets Firmly seat loose semiconduc Distorted pins tors Remove devices that have distorted pins Carefully straight en pins as required to fit the socket using long nose pliers and reinsert firmly Ensure that straightening action does not crack pins causing them to break off Wiring and cables Loose plugs or connectors Firmly seat connectors Repair or Burned broken or frayed wiring replace modules with defective wires or cables Chassis Dents deformations and Straighten repair or replace damaged hardware defective hardware Cleaning Procedure Interior To clean the instrument interior do the following steps 1 2 Blow off dust with dry low pressure deionized air approximately 9 psi Remove any remaining dust with a lint free cloth dampened in isopropyl alcoho
252. ription gt 5 years 3 5 in floppy disk drive 1 44 MB capacity Removeable hard disk drive 20 GB capacity CD RW drive 1GB Description 600 Watts 900 100 to 240 V 10 50 Hz to 60 Hz 115 V 10 400 Hz CAT II Either one of the following sizes can be used each size requires a different fuse cap Both fuses must be the same type Line and Neutral are fused UL198G and CSA C22 2 No 59 fast acting 8 A 250 V Tektronix part number 159 0046 00 Bussman 8 Littelfuse 314008 IEC127 sheet 1 fast acting F high breaking capacity 6 3 250 V Tektronix part number 159 0381 00 Bussman GDA 6 3 Littelfuse 21606 3 1 25 Specifications Table 1 11 Mechanical specifications Characteristic Weight Benchtop configuration Rackmount kit Dimensions Benchtop configuration Rackmount configuration Option 1R Cooling Required clearances Construction material 1 26 Description 17 7 kg 39 lbs instrument only 19 1 kg 42 lbs with fully accessorized pouch 38 8 kg 85 5 Ibs when packaged for domestic shipment 18 6 kg 41 lbs rackmounted instrument 5 6 kg 12 5 lbs kit packaged for domestic shipment With front cover Without front cover 278 mm 10 95 in height 330 mm 13 in with feet extended 271 mm 10 9 in height 330 mm 13 in with feet extended 455 mm 17 9 in width 455 mm 17 9 in width 435 mm 17 13 in depth 426 mm 16 75 in depth With rack handles Wi
253. ription Function 0 disable all devices on the bus Function 1 static devices initialization on the bus Function 2 output device initialization on the bus Function 3 input device initialization on the bus Function 4 IPL device initialization on the bus Function 5 general device initialization on the bus Function 6 error reporting for the bus Oo Cc1 co ro o Function 7 add on ROM initialization for all buses BIOS Beep Codes When the MicroATX board powers on a number of the BIOS checkpoints generate an audible beep code on failure using the standard PC speaker also routed through the board audio system The beep codes are listed in Table 6 11 Codes are also written to I O port 80h and the video adapters External ROM modules may issue a series of tones on error detection The BIOS generates one short beep if the power up self tests complete with out error If your instrument does not contain a speaker attach a speaker to the display adapter board square pins to hear the codes Table 6 11 Beep codes Beep code Error message Refresh failure Cannot reset parity Memory failure first 64 KB Timer failure Not used Cannot toggle 8042 GateA20 Exception interrupt error Display memory R W error aA Not used CMOS Shutdown register test error CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 81 Troubleshooting Table 6 11 Beep
254. rnal diagnostics ensures that the factory set adjustment constants that control the bandwidth for each vertical scale setting have not changed h Check remaining vertical scale settings against limits optional m If desired finish checking the remaining vertical scale settings for the channel under test by repeating substeps c through g for each of the remaining scale settings listed in Table 4 7 for the channel under test m When doing substep e skip the subparts that turn on the CHx Pk Pk mean measurement until you check a new channel m Before doing substep f touch the Clear button to remove the previous channel measurements m Install remove attenuators between the generator leveled output and the channel input as needed to obtain the six division reference signals listed in the table i Test all channels Repeat substeps a through g for all four channels 3 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the test hook up from the input connector of the channel last tested CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 81 Performance Tests Check Delay Between Channels Equipment required One sine wave generator Item 12 Three precision 50 2 coaxial cables Item 4 One power divider Item 14 3 SMA female to female adapter connector Item 17 3 SMA male to female BNC adapter connector Item 18 Two SMA male to female BNC adapter Item 19 Prerequisites See page 4 17 STOP DO NOT
255. s While using this product you may need to access other parts of a larger system Read the safety sections of the other component manuals for warnings and cautions related to operating the system Use Proper Power Cord Use only the power cord specified for this product and certified for the country of use Connect and Disconnect Properly Do not connect or disconnect probes or test leads while they are connected to a voltage source Ground the Product This product is grounded through the grounding conductor of the power cord To avoid electric shock the grounding conductor must be connected to earth ground Before making connections to the input or output terminals of the product ensure that the product is properly grounded Observe All Terminal Ratings To avoid fire or shock hazard observe all ratings and markings on the product Consult the product manual for further ratings information before making connections to the product The inputs are not rated for connection to mains or Category or IV circuits Connect the probe reference lead to earth ground only Do not apply a potential to any terminal including the common terminal that exceeds the maximum rating of that terminal Power Disconnect The power switch disconnects the product from the power source See instructions for the location Do not block the power switch it must remain accessible to the user at all times Do Not Operate Without Covers Do not oper
256. s a b From the tool bar touch Vert and select the Chan 1 tab Select a calibrated Wavelength Press the Close button Change the Horizontal Scale and then return the Scale to 20 ns div Confirm Optical Noise is within limits After a few seconds note the Mean and the Std Dev results displayed for the selected wavelength The mean of the histogram is the dark level value and the standard deviation of the histogram is the maximum RMS optical noise value Refer to Table 4 14 Enter the value in the test record Repeat steps a through e for each available wavelength Table 4 14 Optical noise limits Instrument Maximum optical noise std CSA7404B 1550 and 1310 nm 4 35 uW 850 nm 5 35 uW 780 nm 5 85 uW 3 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the adapters from the inputs and outputs 4 128 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Check Optical to Electrical Gain Equipment required Two 62 5 um multimode fiber optic cables Item 34 SMA cable Item 21 CW laser source Item 29 Multimode optical attenuator Item 30 Optical power meter Item 31 O E to SMA adapter Item 33 TCA SMA adapter item 19 Prerequisites See page 4 17 Also the instrument must have passed Check DC Voltage Measurement Accuracy on page 4 45 l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls CSA7000B Instrument CW laser Multimode optical Optical power
257. s a replaceable part In general a replaceable part is any circuit board or assembly such as the hard disk drive or a mechanical part such as the I O port connectors that is listed in the replaceable parts list of Chapter 10 Symbols and terms related to safety appear in the General Safety Summary found at the beginning of this manual CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual xvii Preface Related Documentation The following related manuals are available for this instrument CSA7000B amp TDS7000B User manual Tektronix part number 071 1227 XX m CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Reference manual Tektronix part number 071 0880 XX CSA7000 TDS7000 TLA600 amp OTS9000 Series Rackmount Kit Option 1R Instructions Tektronix part number 071 0716 XX xviii CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual aa aaa Specifications Specifications This chapter contains the specifications for the CSA7000B Series Communica tions Signal Analyzers and the TDS7000B Series Digital Phosphor Oscillo scopes All specifications are guaranteed unless labeled typical Typical specifications are provided for your convenience but are not guaranteed Specifications that are marked with the symbol are checked in chapter four Performance Verification of the service manual specifications apply to all models unless noted otherwise To meet specifica tions the following conditions
258. s securing the fan assembly to the top main chassis c Liftthe fan assembly up and out from the chassis 4 Reinstallation Do in reverse steps a through c to reinstall the fan assembly CAUTION Take care when handling the fan assembly the fan blades are brittle and can be easily damaged 6 50 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures T 15 Torxdrive screw 2 Fan assembly Disconnect from J291 Disconnect from J390 IOGGGSEGD Pam m m mmm Processor board Figure 6 33 Fan assembly removal CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 51 Removal and Installation Procedures Processor Board 1 Locate module to be removed Replacement of this board must be performed by a Tektronix Service Center Locate the PPC Power PC processor board assembly in the locator diagram Internal Modules Figure 6 8 on page 6 21 Additional modules to be removed CAUTION This board should only be replaced by Tektronix m Trim all m Bottom cover m Left and Right covers m Disk and CD Drive m Floppy Disk Drive m Micro ATX assembly m Rear Power Distribution and Bus Boards 2 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its bottom is down on the work surface and its top panel is facing you 3 Remove the PC processor board assembly Se
259. se this tool whenever a procedure step instructs you to remove or install a screw unless a different size screwdriver is specified in that step All equipment required to remove and reinstall each module is listed in the first step of its procedure Table 6 3 Tools required for module removal Item General tool no Description number 1 Screwdriver handle Accepts Torx driver bits 620 440 2 T 10 Torx tip Used for removing the electrical or 640 235 optical module chassis Torx driver bit for T 10 size screw heads 3 T 15 Torx tip Used for removing most instrument 640 247 screws Torx driver bit for T 15 size screw heads 4 1 inch flat bladed screw Screwdriver for unlocking cable Standard tool driver connectors 5 0 Phillips screwdriver Screwdriver for removing small Standard tool phillips screws CD floppy amp hard drive 6 Angle Tip Tweezers Used to remove front panel knobs Standard tool 7 3 1 inch open end wrench Used to remove the rear panel nut Standard tool posts 8 5 46 inch open end wrench Used to remove the rear panel nut Standard tool posts 9 MA 800G Soldering Aid Used to remove the front panel trim Standard tool CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Procedures for External Modules The following procedures are found here and are listed in order presented Line Fuses and AC power cord connector E Line Fuses and AC Po
260. ser manual represents only part of the assistance available to you the online help system integrated as part of the instrument user interface provides quick to access support for operating this instrument Two types of online help are available the instrument online help and the GPIB online programmer s help The instrument online help provides information on all of the instrument controls and procedures for doing typical tasks The GPIB online programmer s help is normally installed on a remote PC and provides information for controlling the instrument via the GPIB This section mainly discusses the online help for the instrument CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 2 11 Operating Information 2 12 Accessing Help in the Tool Bar Mode When the instrument is in the tool bar mode touch the Help button in the upper right corner of the screen to display help on whatever control window is displayed From within the Help window you can access other help through tabs links or buttons You can also touch the Help Topics button to display the standard Windows Contents Index and Find tabs Accessing Help in the Menu Bar Mode When the instrument is in the menu bar mode you can access the help system from the drop down help menu Select Help on Window to display help on the current control window Select Contents and Index to display the standard Windows Contents Index and Find tabs You can also selec
261. set 37h Display mode set Going to display the power on A5h Going to enable parity NMI message 38h Different buses initialization input IPL general NMI and parity enabled devices to start if present 39h Display different buses initialization error mes A8h Initialization before E000 ROM control over sages 3Ah New cursor position read and saved To display the A9h Returned from E000 ROM control Hit DEL message 40h To prepare the descriptor tables Initialization after E000 optional ROM control is over 42h To enter virtual mode for memory test Put INT13 module runtime image to shadow 43h To enable interrupts for diagnostics mode ACh Generate MP for multiprocessor support if present 44h To initialize data to check memory wrap around at Put CGA INT10 module if present in Shadow 0 0 45h Data initialized Uncompress SMBIOS module and initialization SMBIOS code and form the runtime SMBIOS image in shadow 46h Memory wrap around test done Memory size Going to copy any code to specific area calculation over 47h Test pattern written in extended memory NMI is Disabled On board KBC RTC enabled if present Initialization code Checksum verification starting 48h Patterns written in base memory Dih Keyboard controller BAT test CPU ID saved and going to 4 GB flat mode 49h Amount of memory below 1M found and verified D3h Do necessary chipset initialization start memory refresh and do memory sizi
262. set CH2 100 mV Vert scale setting 4 9393 V 5 0607 V 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset CH2 100 mV Vert scale setting 5 0607 V 4 9393 V 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset CH2 1 0 V Vert scale setting 4 1738 V 4 8263 V 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset CH3 1 0 V Vert scale setting 4 8263 V 4 1738 V 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 21 Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum Incoming Outgoing Maximum CH3 2 mV Vert scale setting 512 79 mV 519 21 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH3 2 mV Vert scale setting 519 21 mV 512 79 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH3 50 mV Vert scale setting 881 63 mV 918 38 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH3 50 mV Vert scale setting 918 38 V 881 63 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset CH3 100 mV Vert scale setting 4 9393 V 5 0607 V 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset CH3 100 mV Vert scale setting 5 0607 V 4 9393 V 5 Div position setting 4 8 V offset CH3 1 0 V Vert scale setting 4 1738 V 4 8263 V 5 Div position setting 42 5 V offset CH3 1 0 V Vert scale setting 4 8263 V 4 1738 V 5 Div position setting 2 5 V offset CH4 2 mV Vert scale setting 512
263. setting 0 5 V offset 491 75 mV 508 25 mV 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 6 5mV 6 5 mV 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 508 25 mV 491 75 mV 2 100 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 4 9575 V 5 0425 V 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 25mV 25 mV 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 5 0425 V 4 9575 V CH2 500 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 4 9175 V 5 0825 V 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 65 65 mV 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 5 0825 V 49175 V 2 1 0 V Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 2 5 V offset 2 37625 V 2 62375 V 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 115 mV 115 mV 0 Div position setting 2 5 V offset 2 62375 V 2 37625 V CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 33 Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum incoming Outgoing Maximum CH3 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 497 3 mV 502 7 mV 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 1 7 1 7 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 502 7 mV 497 3 mV CH3 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 491 75 mV 508 25 mV 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 6 5 6 5 mV 0 Div position
264. setting 0 5 V offset 508 25 mV 491 75 mV CH3 100 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 4 9575 V 5 0425 V 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 25mV 25 mV 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 5 0425 V 4 9575 V CH3 500 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 4 9175 V 5 0025 V 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 65 65 mV 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 5 0825 V 4 9175 V CH3 1 0 V Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 2 5 V offset 2 37625 V 2 62375 V 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 115 mV 115 mV 0 Div position setting 2 5 V offset 2 62375 V 2 37625 V CH4 2 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 497 3 mV 502 7 mV 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 1 7 1 7mV 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 502 7 mV 497 3 mV CH4 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 491 75 mV 508 25 mV 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 6 5 6 5 mV 0 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 508 25 mV 491 75 mV CH4 100 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 4 9575 V 5 0425 V 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 25mV 25 mV 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 5 0425 V 4 9575 V CH4 500 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 4 9175 V 5 0825 V 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 65 65 mV 0 Div position setting 5 V offset 5 0825 V 4 9
265. settings listed in Table 4 5 are checked for the channel under test g Test all channels Repeat substeps a through f for all four channels 3 Disconnect the hookup a Set the generator output to 0 V b Disconnect the cable and adapter from the generator output and the input connector of the channel last tested CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Check Maximum Input Voltage Equipment required Two dual banana connectors Item 5 One BNC T connector Item 6 One 10X attenuator Item 1 One DC calibration generator Item 9 One SMA male to female BNC adapter Item 19 Two precision 50 2 coaxial cables Item 4 Prerequisites The instrument must meet the prerequisites listed on page 4 17 WARNING The generator is capable of outputting dangerous voltages Be sure to set the DC calibration generator to off or 0 volts before connecting disconnect ing and or moving the test hookup during the performance of this procedure Also check that the calibrator does not have shorting straps installed between the DC output sense input or grounds l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Hook up the test signal source m Set the output of a DC calibration generator to off or 0 volts m Connect the output of a DC calibration generator through a dual banana connector followed by a 50 Q precision coaxial cable to one side of a BNC T c
266. source Connect through a 50 Q precision coaxial cable the input of the timer counter to REF OUT see Figure 4 21 m Set the timer counter gate to 1 s m Set the timer counter to count the reference output b Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button 2 Confirm the time base is within limits for accuracies a Check long term sample rate and delay time accuracies against limits m CHECK that the count on the timer counter is within limits CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests m Enter the count on the test record 3 Confirm reference is within limits for logic levels a Display the test signal m Move the cable from the timer counter to the CH 1 input through an adapter m Set the Vertical SCALE to 1 V m Use the Vertical POSITION knob to center the display on screen b Measure logic levels m From the button bar touch MEAS and select the Ampl tab m Touch the High and Low buttons m Touch the Close button c Check REF OUT output against limits CHECK that the CH 1 High readout is 1 0 volt and that the CH 1 Low readout x0 25 volts 4 Disconnect the hookup Disconnect the cable and adapter from the instru ment Instrument under test ine wave generator 50 Q Coaxial cable Figure 4 22 Initial test hookup 5 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Initialize
267. static sensitive modules only at a static free work station CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 1 Maintenance 4 Nothing capable of generating or holding a static charge should be allowed on the work station surface 5 Handle circuit boards by the edges when possible 6 Do not slide the circuit boards over any surface 7 Avoid handling circuit boards in areas that have a floor or work surface covering capable of generating a static charge Inspection and Cleaning General Care Cleaning Optical Connectors A Inspection and Cleaning describes how to inspect for dirt and damage It also describes how to clean the exterior and interior of the instrument Inspection and cleaning are done as preventive maintenance Preventive maintenance when done regularly may prevent instrument malfunction and enhance its reliability Preventive maintenance consists of visually inspecting and cleaning the instrument and using general care when operating it How often to do maintenance depends on the severity of the environment in which the instrument is used A proper time to perform preventive maintenance is just before instrument adjustment The cabinet helps keep dust out of the instrument and should normally be in place when operating the instrument CSA7000B Series only Small dust particles and oils can easily contaminate optical connectors and reduce or block the signal Take care to preserve t
268. t Auxiliary trigger output inputs CH 3 SIGNAL OUTPUT scale and offset controlled by CH3 controls 2 10 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Operating Information Instrument Diagnostics Do the following steps to verify the instrument passes the internal diagnostics l Display the diagnostics menu m If the oscilloscope is in tool bar mode touch the MENU button to put the instrument into the menu bar mode m Select Instrument Diagnostics from the Utilities menu 2 Run the diagnostics m First disconnect any input signals from all four channels m Touch the Run button in the diagnostics control window 3 Wait for the diagnostics to complete The internal diagnostics do an exhaustive verification of proper oscilloscope function This verification may take several minutes to complete When the verification is finished the resulting status will appear in the diagnostics control window 4 Verify that no failures are found Signal Path Compensation Run the Signal Path Compensation 1 Select Instrument Calibration from the Utilities menu 2 Verify that the instrument has had a twenty minute warm up before continuing 3 Touch the Calibrate button to start the routine 4 Wait for the test to complete the test may take several minutes to complete 5 Verify that the word Pass appears under the Status label in the control window Using the Online Help u
269. t a stable trigger is obtained for the test waveform for both the positive and negative slopes of the waveform Use the TRIGGER LEVEL knob to stabilize the Main trigger Touch B Trig Level and use the keypad or the multipurpose knob FINE button to stabilize the Delayed trigger Touch one of the Slope buttons to switch between trigger slopes See Figure 4 28 on page 4 103 Leave the Delayed trigger system triggered on the positive slope of the waveform before continuing to the next step Also return to the main trigger select the gt Seq tab and touch the gt Sequence A Only button Then select the A Event tab Press Close 3 Confirm the AUX Trigger input at 50 MHz a Display the test signal Remove the 10X attenuator and reconnect the cable to CH 1 Set the signal amplitude as follows CSA7404B 2 5 divisions TDS7704B CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B 1 5 divisions Now fine adjust the generator output until the CH 1 Amplitude readout indicates the amplitude is as follows Readout may fluctuate CSA7404B 250 mV TDS7704B CSA7404B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B 150 mV b Check the AUX trigger source for stable triggering at limits Do the following in the order listed Use the definition for stable trigger from step 2b Press the Trigger SOURCE button to toggle it to EXT Press PUSH TO SET 50 CHECK that a stable trigger is obtained for the test waveform on both the positive and negative sl
270. t and Right covers Remove the CD Drive assembly See Figure 6 21 on page 6 36 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its bottom is down on the work surface and its rear panel is facing you a Remove the two T 15 Torxdrive screws that secure the CD Drive assembly to the rear chassis b Pull the drive until the connector disconnects c Slide the CD Drive assembly away from the rear of the chassis and remove it from the instrument CD drive di assembly Es T 15 Torxdrive screw 2 Figure 6 21 CD drive assembly removal CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures 4 Remove the CD Drive bracket and Rom interface board See Figure 6 21 on page 6 36 a Remove the four 0 Phillips screws that secure the bracket to the CD Drive Remove the CD Drive and Interface board from the bracket b Remove the Interface board from the CD Drive by pulling the Interface board straight back until they separate CD drive interface board 0 Phillips screw 4 e CD drive bracket Figure 6 22 CD drive and bracket removal 5 Reinstallation Do in reverse steps 3 and 4 to reinstall the CD Drive assembly CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 37 Removal and Installation Procedures 6 38 Front and Rear Power Distribution Circuit Boards 1 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed Find
271. t other topics from the Help menu such as information on Technical Support or product specifications Moving the Help Topics to View the Instrument Display You may temporarily move any displayed help out of the way while you change control window settings Touch the Minimize button in the help window to shrink the help window to a button that displays in the upper right corner of the display with the label Restore Help Touch the Restore Help button to restore the help window to its normal size CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual d Theory of Operation Theory of Operation Logic Conventions Module Overviews Input Signal Path This section describes the electrical operation of the instrument Figure 9 1 on page 9 2 shows the module interconnections The instrument contains many digital logic circuits This manual refers to these circuits with standard logic symbols and terms Unless otherwise stated all logic functions are described using the positive logic convention the more positive of the two logic levels is the high 1 state and the more negative level is the low state Signal states may also be described as true meaning their active state or false meaning their nonactive state The specific voltages that constitute a high or low state vary among the electronic devices Module overviews describes the basic operation of each functional circuit block as s
272. t panel ADVANCED button and select the A Event tab then pull down on Trigger Type and select width triggering Pull down Pulse Width and select Inside limits Touch Upper Limit Use the keyboard to set the upper limit to 10 ns Touch Lower Limit Use the keypad to set the lower limit to 2 ns b Display the test signal c Che Set the Horizontal SCALE to 20 ns Set the output of the sine wave generator for a 100 MHz five division sine wave on screen Set the Vertical SCALE to 20 mV the waveform will overdrive the display Press PUSH TO SET LEVEL 50 ck against limits Do the following subparts in the order listed m While doing the following subparts monitor the display it will stop 4 100 CSA7404B acquiring and the front panel light TRIG D it will extinguish to determine when triggering is lost TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Use the multipurpose knob to increase the Lower Limit readout until triggering is lost CHECK that the Lower Limit readout after the instrument stops triggering is within 4 75 ns to 5 25 ns inclusive Enter the time on the test record Use the keypad to return the Lower Limit to 2 ns and reestablish triggering Touch Upper Limit then use the multipurpose knob to slowly decrease the Upper Limit readout until triggering stops CHECK that the Upper Limit readout after the instrument loses triggering is within 4 75 ns to 5
273. t s final photo diode termination 1196 peak to peak total aberration system including O E to CH1 input adapter and instrument The step response to a fast optical square OFF edge reaches toc within 2 of the final 096 level within 2 ns after the 1096 transition point 1310 nm and 1550 nm 40 uW peak to peak 20 uW 17 dBm average power assuming 50 average duty cycle 780 nm and 850 nm 80 uW peak to peak 40 uW 14 dBm average power assuming 50 average duty cycle Assumes the scale factor is set to minimum uW div settings and signal is at least 2 divisions peak to peak 10 uW per division to 500 uW per division Optical reference receiver typically available from the following scale factors 1310 nm and 1550 nm 13 5 uW per division to 66 uW per division 850 nm 25 uW per division to 125 uW per division 780 nm 28 uW per division to 142 uW per division 1 All specifications are with the OJE electrical out to CH1 input adapter installed 1 24 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Table 1 9 Data storage specifications Characteristic Nonvolatile memory retention time typical Floppy disk Hard disk CD RW Windows memory Table 1 10 Power source specifications Characteristic Power consumption Source voltage and frequency Fuse rating 0 25 in x 1 25 size 5 mm x 20 mm size CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Desc
274. termine the necessary parts and accessories You should also verify that the following items are available m The correct power cords m The product software CD set that includes installation copies of the software installed on the instrument m All the accessories necessary to operate the instrument The instrument is designed to operate on a bench or on a cart in the normal position on the bottom feet For proper cooling at least three inches 7 62 cm of clearance is required on both sides of the instrument and the bottom requires the clearance provided by the instrument feet If you operate the instrument while it is resting on the rear feet make sure that you properly route any cables coming out of the rear of the instrument to avoid damaging them CAUTION Keep the bottom and sides of the instrument clear of obstructions to ensure proper cooling Tables 1 10 and 1 12 on pages 1 25 and 1 27 list the operating requirements for the instrument Power source temperature humidity and altitude are listed The peripheral connections are the same as those you would make on a personal computer The connection points are shown in Figure 2 1 on page 2 3 See Table 2 1 for additional connection information CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 2 1 Operating Information Table 2 1 Additional accessory connection information Item Monitor Printer Rackmount Other Description If
275. the Menu bar mode All features of the instrument can be accessed through the menus using a mouse or the touch screen When the instrument is in the Tool bar mode most of the control windows can be accessed by touching buttons at the top of the display CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 2 7 Operating Information Menu Bar Access to data 1 0 printing online help system and oscilloscope functions here Status Bar Display of acquisition status mode and number of acquisitions trigger status date and time 7 Buttons Menu Touch to toggle between tool bar and menu bar modes Multipurpose Knob Readouts Adjust parameters controlled by multipurpose knobs Waveform Handle Touch and drag gt to change vertical position of waveform Touch the handle and change the position and scale using the multipurpose knobs ae Display Live reference amp math _ gt waveforms display here along th cursors As a ie 2 2 with cursors 162 EO 208 0656785 Controls Status Quick reference to s4e 10171 200 one Readouts Display 2 iw a 15 000 e cursor readouts and vertical horizontal and trigger Abr Titus Bici measurement selections scale and parameters eas readouts in this area selectable from t
276. the Replaceable Parts List This section contains a list of the mechanical and or electrical components that are replaceable for the instrument Use this list to identify and order replacement parts The following table describes each column in the parts list Parts list column descriptions Column Column name Description 1 Figure amp Index Number Items this section are referenced by component number 2 Tektronix Part Number Use this part number when ordering replacement parts from Tektronix 3and4 Serial Number Column three indicates the serial number at which the part was first effective Column four indicates the serial number at which the part was discontinued No entries indicates the part is good for all serial numbers 5 This indicates the quantity of parts used 6 Name amp Description An item name is separated from the description by a colon Because of space limitations item name may sometimes appear as incomplete Use the U S Federal Catalog handbook 6 1 for further item name identification 7 Mfr Code This indicates the code of the actual manufacturer of the part Code to name and address cross reference is located after this page 8 Mfr Part Number This indicates the actual manufacturer s or vendor s part number Abbreviations Abbreviations conform to American National Standard ANSI Y1 1 1972 Mfr Code to Manufacturer The following table cross indexes codes names and addresses of man
277. the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button b Hook up the test signal source Connect through a 50 Q precision coaxial cable the output of the sine wave generator to CH 1 input through an adapter see Figure 4 22 m From the button bar touch MEAS and select the Ampl tab CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 93 Performance Tests 4 94 m Touch the Pk Pk button m Touch the Close button m Set the Vertical SCALE to 50 mV m Set the generator for 10 0 MHz sine wave m Set the generator to output a 4 division signal Adjust the output until the Pk Pk readout displays 200 mV Set the instrument controls m Move the cable from the CH 1 input to the rear panel Ext Ref input see Figure 4 23 m Touch Menu to select menu mode m Touch Utilities and select External Signals m Touch the Internal button to select the external reference the button name changes to External Instrument under test Sine wave generator 50 Q Coaxial cable Figure 4 23 Final test hookup 6 Confirm external reference a Perform a signal path compensation m Touch Utilities and select Instrument Calibration Touch Calibrate and wait for the signal path compensation to finish b Check the completion status If the Status is Fail refer the instrument to qualified service personnel CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Servi
278. thout rack handles 267 mm 10 5 in height 267 mm 10 5 in height 502 mm 19 75 in width 482 mm 19 in width 435 mm 17 13 in depth 486 mm 19 13 in depth Fan forced air circulation with no air filter Top 0 mm 0 Bottom 19 mm 0 75 in minimum or 0 mm 0 in when standing on feet flip stands down Left side 76 mm 3 in Right side 76 mm 3 Front 0 mm 0 0 mm 0 in on rear feet Chassis parts are constructed of aluminum alloy front panel is constructed of plastic laminate circuit boards are constructed of glass laminate and the outer shell is molded and textured from a polycarbonate ABS blend CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Table 1 12 Environmental specifications Characteristic Temperature operating Nonoperating Humidity operating Nonoperating Altitude operating Nonoperating Random vibration operating Nonoperating Description 5 C to 50 41 F to 122 F excluding floppy disk and compact disk drives 10 C to 45 C 50 F to 113 F including floppy disk and compact disk drives 22 C to 60 C 71 F to 140 F 20 to 90 relative humidity with a maximum wet bulb temperature of 29 C 84 F at or below 50 C 122 F noncondensing Upper limit derates to 25 relative humidity at 50 C 122 F With no diskette in floppy disk drive 20 to 90 relative humidity with a
279. ting 0 V offset 149 0 mV 155 0 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 147 1 mV 156 9 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 147 1 mV 156 9 mV CH4 50 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 372 4 mV 387 6 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 366 7 mV 393 3 mV 5 Div position setting 0 5 V offset 366 7 mV 393 3 mV CH4 100 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 744 8 mV 775 2 mV 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 738 0 mV 782 0 mV 0 Div position setting 4 5 V offset 738 0 mV 782 0 mV CH4 200 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 1 490 V 1 550 V 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 1 477 V 1 563 V 2 Div position setting 4 6 V offset 1 477 V 1 563 V CH4 500 mV Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 3 724 V 3 876 V 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 3 701 V 3 899 V 4 Div position setting 5 V offset 3 701 V 3 899 V CH4 1 0 V Vert scale setting 0 Div position setting 0 V offset 7 448 V 7 752 V 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 5 856 V 6 144 V 0 Div position setting 2 0 V offset 5 856 V 6 144 V 4 28 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Temperature Date of Calibration Instrument performance test DC gain accuracy averaged TDS7704
280. tion 63 N A Position 64 N A Clock recovery frequency range 4 42 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record cont Instrument Serial Number Certificate Number Temperature RH 96 Date of Calibration Technician Instrument performance test Minimum Incoming Outgoing Maximum Optical to electrical converter CSA7000B Series only Dark level 10 uW 2 6 uW 20 uW 3 6 uW 50 uW 6 6 uW OJE noise output maximum CSA7404B 1550 and 1310 nm 4 35 uW 850 nm 5 35 uW 750 nm 5 85 uW OJE gain 780 nm N A 850 nm N A 1310 nm N A 1550 nm N A System bandwidth O E O E to CH1 input adaptor Communications Signal Analyzer CSA7404B 2 4 GHz N A CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 43 Performance Tests 4 44 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Signal Acquisition System Checks These procedures check those characteristics that relate to the signal acquisition system and are listed as checked under Warranted Characteristics in Specifica tions Refer to Table 4 2 on page 4 18 for test equipment specifications Check DC Voltage Measurement Accuracy Equipment required Two dual banana connectors Item 5 One BNC T connector Item 6 One DC calibration generator Item 9 One SMA male to female BNC adapter Item 19 Two precision 50 Q coaxi
281. tions 1 27 Table 2 1 Additional accessory connection information 2 2 Table 2 2 Lime fuses 2 4 Table 4 1 Vertical settings 4 9 Table 4 2 Test equipment 4 18 Table 4 3 DC Voltage measurement accuracy 4 47 Table 4 4 Gain accuracy 4 51 Table 4 5 Offset accuracy 4 70 Table 4 6 Maximum input voltage limit 4 75 Table 4 7 Analog bandwidth 4 79 Table 4 8 Delay between channels worksheet 4 85 Table 4 9 Delta time measurement 4 98 Table 4 10 Serial pattern data 4 115 Table 4 11 Word recognizer data 4 117 Table 4 12 Clock recovery input frequencies and baud rates 4 123 Table 4 13 Dark level 4 126 Table 4 14 Optical noise limits 4 128 Table 4 15 O E gain 4 130 Table 4 16 O E system bandwidth 4 135 Table 6 1 External inspection check list 6 4 Table 6 2 Internal inspection checklist 6 5 Table 6 3 Tools required for module removal 6 10 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B T
282. tivity 200 mV gt p for frequencies between 9 8 MHz to 10 2 MHz Input voltage maximum 7 Vp p Input impedance 1 5 40 pF measured at gt 100 kHz Internal reference output Frequency 10 MHz 2 5 ppm over 100 ms interval Aging lt 1 ppm per year Output voltage Vout high Vout low true 22 5 V into open circuit lt 0 7 V with lt 4 ma sink 21 0 V into 50 Q load lt 0 25 V into 50 Q load Serial data output baud rate range CSA7000B Series Fbaud lt 1250 MBd Output swing of 1010 repeating pattern at this baud will only be at least 200 mV into 50 Serial clock output frequency range CSA7000B Series Peak to peak output swing at 625 MHz is at least 200 mV p p into 50 only Higher frequencies are further attenuated by approximately 6 dB per octave above 625 MHz Use or DC coupled 50 termination AC coupling the clock provides about 1096 more amplitude Serial data and clock output voltages typical Voh 1 0 V CSA7000B Series only Vol 1 7 V Assumes a load impedance greater than 1 KQ 50 Q source termination If a 50 2 or 75 2 load is used either use a DC blocking capacitor in series with the signal or reference the termination to about 1 3 V The signal amplitude will be correspondingly reduced Serial data output latency typical CSA7000B Series 11 ns 4 ns plus 35 5 clock cycles only 1 22 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Specifications Tab
283. to CH 1 through an adapter See Figure 4 31 m Connect the other end of the cable just installed to the PROBE COMPENSATION output See Figure 4 31 Instrument under test S o tJ BNC cable from PROBE COMPENSATION output to CH 1 input Figure 4 31 Initial test hookup b Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button c Modify the initialized front panel control settings m Set the Vertical SCALE to 100 mV 4 110 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests W From the tool bar touch the Vert button and then touch Offset Adjust the Ch1 Offset to 0 25 V using the multipurpose knob m Set the Horizontal SCALE to 200 us m Press PUSH TO SET 50 m Use the Vertical POSITION knob to center the display on screen From the tool bar touch Horiz and select the Acquisition tab m Touch Average and set the number of averages to 128 2 Confirm that the Probe Compensator signal is within limits for frequency a Measure the frequency of the probe compensation signal From the button bar touch MEAS and select the Time tab m Touch the Freq button b Check against limits m CHECK that the CH 1 Freq readout is within 950 Hz to 1 050 kHz inclusive See Figure 4 32 Enter the frequency on the test record W Touch Clear to remove the measurement Edt Vertical Horz Acq Trig Display Cursors Measure Masks Math App Utities Hep Buttons
284. to CH1 input Tektronix part number Used to test O E converter 013 0327 00 OJE electrical out to SMA Tektronix part number Used to test O E converter 013 0326 00 multimode 2 m FC PC to FC PC Tektronix part number Tektronix part number 174 2322 00 174 1910 00 30mm 10 dB FC to FC female to Tektronix part number Tektronix part number male 119 5118 00 119 5118 00 50 39 37 in 1 0m male to male SMA connectors Tektronix part number 174 1341 00 Checking analog bandwidth 50 60 in 1 5m male to male SMA connectors Tektronix part number 174 1428 00 50 coaxial termination male Anritsu Wiltron 28K50 Anritsu Wiltron 28K50 light transmission Dust cap provided with optical Dark level calibration and input optical noise check Standard accessory Tektronix part number Functional tests 067 0405 067 0848 xx for TDS7704B Fluke 9500B 1100 9500B 3200 or 9500B 2200 and an output head 9510 9530 or 9560 appropriate for the bandwidth of the instrument being tested For Delta Time Measurement Accuracy use a Fluke 9500B or a pulse generator with a rise time as shown in Table 4 9 on page 4 98 On Instruments with a bandwidth lt 3 GHz items 12 13 and 14 may be replaced with a Fluke 9500B and an appropriate output head CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests CSA7000B amp TDS7000B Test Record Photocopy this table and use it to re
285. tridge b Remove the Phillips screws at the sides of the cartridge 6 32 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Carefully pull the drive and cable out the front of the cartridge Floppy drive 0 Phillips screw 4 Zz 5 lt Disconnect Ks P d S Floppy drive bracket Figure 6 17 Floppy disk drive removal Hard Disk Drive 1 Locate module to be removed Locate the Hard Disk Drive in the locator diagram Internal Modules Figure 6 8 page 6 21 CAUTION Do not remove the replaceable hard disk drive when the instrument is powered on The replaceable hard disk drive may be permanently damaged if it is removed while the instrument is powered on Always power off the instrument before removing the replaceable hard disk drive 2 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its bottom is down on the work surface and its rear panel is facing you 3 Remove the hard disk drive See Figure 6 18 on page 6 34 a Verify that the instrument is powered down b Loosen the thumb screws that secure the drive to the drive tray Grasp the hard disk drive assembly by the thumb screws and pull until the handle is exposed Grasp the handle and pull the drive out of the instrument 4 Reinstallation Do in reverse step 3 to reinstall the hard disk drive assembly CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 33 Re
286. tting setting Divs setting setting mean means Accuracy limits ew at V 3 OV 4 V 738 0 mV to 4782 0 mV 738 0 mV to 4782 0 mV 11 490 V to 41 550 V 11 477 V to 41 563 V 3 44 V 1 477 V to 1 563V a E 42V 44 4 96 V 500 mV 90 V 43 724 V to 43 876 V 90 V 10V 80 V 3 701 V to 43 899 V 1 10 V 2 0 V 3 701 V to 3 899 V 1 0 5 V 5V 7 448 V to 7 752 V 5 856 V to 6 144 V 5 856 V to 6 144 V i MB 4 58 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Table 4 4 Gain accuracy Cont Difference of Scale Position Offset Generator Measurement measurement Channel setting setting Divs setting setting mean means Accuracy limits TDS7704B CH1 2 mV 14 74 mV to 415 66 mV 7 60 1517 6 mV 414 28 mV to 416 12 mV 05V 502 4 mV 414 28 mV to 416 12 mV M 517 6 mV 5 mV 437 05 mV to 438 95 mV 544 mV 0 5V 506 mV 544 mV 588 mV 0 5V 512mV 588 mV 1676 mV 0 5V 524 676 mV 4940 mV 0 5V 560 mV 940 mV CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 36 65 mV to 39 35 mV 36 65 mV to 39 35 mV 10 mV 74 10 mV to 77 90 mV 73 26 mV to 78 74 mV 73 26 mV to 78 74 mV 20 mV 148 2 mV to 155 8 mV 146 4 mV to 157 6 mV 146 4 mV to 157 6 mV 50 mV 370 5 mV to 389 5 mV 364 8 mV to 395 2 mV 3
287. tude on screen b The horizontal SCALE should already be set to 500 ps Now set it to 100 ps c Savea CH 2 waveform Press the CH 2 Vertical button From the button bar touch the Refs button and select the Ref 2 tab Touch the Save Wfm to Ref2 Save button d Save CH 3 waveform m Move the power divider from CH 2 to CH 3 so that CH 1 and CH 3 are driven Press the Vertical CH 2 and CH 3 buttons Select the Ref 3 tab and touch the Ch Channel 3 button Touch the Save Wfm to Ref3 Save button e Display all test signals W Press the CH 3 Vertical button to remove CH 3 from the display Display the live waveform Move the power divider from CH 3 to CH 4 so that CH 1 and CH 4 are driven Press the Vertical CH 4 button to display See Figure 4 18 on page 4 84 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 83 Performance Tests 4 84 Display the reference waveforms To do this touch the Ref 3 Display Off button to toggle it to On and display the reference Select the Ref 2 tab and touch the Display Off button to toggle it to On You may notice their overlapping waveform handle icons See Figure 4 18 on page 4 84 f Measure the test signal Locate the time reference points for these waveforms Do this by first identifying the point where the rising edge of the left most waveform crosses the center horizontal graticule line Next note the corresponding time reference point for the right most
288. ual 4 95 Performance Tests Pulse generator Instrument under test 9 000000 0 mone o 90 omO 5 Ouipit 5 j gt 3 6 short H 20 50 Q Cable i BNC 90 female gt lt 5 to male adapter connector a short BNC T es H 50 Q Cable connector 20 50 Q Cable 2X Attenuator BNC to SMA adapter Figure 4 24 Delta time accuracy test hookup 1 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls a Initialize the instrument Press the DEFAULT SETUP button b Hook up the pulse generator see Figure 4 24 on page 4 96 Connect the pulse generator output to a 50 Q precision coaxial cable followed by a 90 right angle female to male BNC adapter then a 50 Q 2X attenuator The attenuator is connected to one side of the female BNC T connector The other side of the BNC T is connected to BNC male to SMA adapter The SMA side is connected to the male side of the SMA T connector Keep the distance between the BNC T and SMA T as short as possible Connect 20 inch 50 coaxial cables to each female side of the SMA T connector Connect the SMA short to the remaining female SMA connector Now connect the male BNC T connector to CH 1 Set the pulse generator output for a positive going pulse with a rise time as shown
289. ufacturers Cross Index or vendors of components listed in the parts list Manufacturers cross index Mfr code Manufacturer Address City state zip code MICROSOFT POSTFACH 13 44 PUCHHEIM DE 82169 RICHCO 5825 N TRIPP AVE PO BOX 804238 CHICAGO IL US 60646 TENSOLITE COMPANY 3000 COLUMBIA HOUSE BLVD SUITE 120 VANCOUVER WA US 98661 XEROX BUSINESS SERVICES NW DTC 7431 NW Evergreen Pkwy HILLSBORO OR US 97124 00779 TYCO ELECTRONICS CORPORATION CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPT PO BOX HARRISBURG PA 17105 3608 3608 M S 38 35 01963 CHERRY ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS CO 3600 SUNSET AVENUE WAUKEGAN IL 60087 3214 06009 TENSOLITE COMPANY PRECISION HARNESS AND ASSEMBLY 3000 VANCOUVER WA 98661 COLUMBIA HOUSE BLVD 4H20 06009 5 COMPANY PRECISION HARNESS AND ASSEMBLY 3000 VANCOUVER WA 98661 COLUMBIA HOUSE BLVD 4H20 06383 PANDUIT CORP 17303 RIDGELAND AVE TINLEY PARK IL 60477 3048 10 2 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Mechanical Parts List Manufacturers cross index cont Mfr code Manufacturer 06915 084455 MFG INC 0 01 STAUFFER SUPPLY CO 0 01 STAUFFER SUPPLY CO 0 05 NORTH STAR NAMEPLATE INC 0 05 NORTH STAR NAMEPLATE INC 12136 PHC INDUSTRIES INC 1DM20 PARLEX CORP 1WNW6 ACCRA FAB INC 22670 NAMEPLATE INCORPORATED 22670 GM NAMEPLATE INCORPORATED 26003 MARTEK POWER MDI 2K262 BOYD CORPORATION 3M099 PORTLAND SCREW COMPANY 3U295 INTEL C
290. uracy Termination two re Short circuit SMA connector female Tektronix part number Used to test delta time mea quired 015 1021 00 surement accuracy CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 19 Performance Tests Table 4 2 Test equipment Cont Item number and description 26 2T 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 4 20 Attenuator 2X Digital Multimeter Optical Impulser CW laser source Optical attenuator vari able Optical power meter Adapter Adapter Cable fiber optic two required Attenuator optical Cable coaxial Termination Dust cap Probe calibration and deskew fixture Ratio 2X impedance 50 Q connec Used to test delta time mea tors female BNC input male BNC surement accuracy and pulse output trigger accuracy Ohms 60 Ohms Keithley 2000 Checking input impedance 1550 nm impulse IMRA Femtolite B 4 FC Optical Tests Optical Impulser 780 nm 850 nm 1310 nm and JDS Uniphase 420B laser Optical tests 1550 nm transmitter and Rifocs 716R with 702RT8 5 controller Multimode input and output 0 to Tektronix OA5022 Optical Optical tests 60 dB Attenuator 780 nm 850 nm 1310 nm and Agilent 8163A with 81618A Optical tests 1550 nm optical head interface Tektronix part number 011 0069 02 81625B InGaAs optical head and 81000FA FC PC SPC APC connector adapter OJE electrical out
291. v The time base readout is displayed at the bottom of the graticule 7 Verify that the time base operates Confirm the following statements m One period of the square wave probe compensation signal is about five horizontal divisions on screen for the 200 us div horizontal scale setting m Rotating the horizontal SCALE knob clockwise expands the waveform on screen more horizontal divisions per waveform period counter clockwise rotation contracts it and returning the horizontal scale to 200 us div returns the period to about five divisions m The horizontal POSITION knob positions the signal left and right on screen when rotated 8 Verify horizontal delay a Center a rising edge on screen m Set the horizontal POSITION knob so that the rising edge where the waveform is triggered is lined up with the center horizontal graticule m Change the horizontal SCALE to 20 us div The rising edge of the waveform should remain near the center graticule and the falling edge should be off screen b Turn on and set horizontal delay CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 11 Brief Procedures Verify the A Main and B Delayed Trigger Systems d Pull down the Horiz Acq menu to select Horizontal Acquisition Setup Click the Horizontal tab in the control window that displays Click the Delay Mode button to turn delay on Double click the Horiz Delay control in the control window to disp
292. veform on screen with the noise that was present in Sample mode reduced Average mode displays an actively acquiring waveform on screen with the noise reduced m Envelope mode displays an actively acquiring waveform on screen with the noise displayed m Waveform Database mode displays an actively acquiring waveform on screen with the noise displayed Test all channels Repeat steps 2 through 7 until all four input channels are verified Remove the test hookup Disconnect the equipment from the channel input and the probe compensation output One BNC cable such as Tektronix part number 012 0076 00 One TCA BNC adapter None Initialize the instrument Push the front panel DEFAULT SETUP button Hook up the signal source Connect the BNC cable from the probe com pensation output to the CH 1 input through a TCA BNC adapter as shown in Figure 4 4 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Brief Procedures Instrument under test 0 00 omnia 0 0 0 6 mooe e 00 90000 e o BNC cable from PROBE COMPENSATION output to CH 1 input Figure 4 4 Setup for time base test 3 Setup the instrument Push the front panel AUTOSET button 4 Pull down the Vert menu select Vertical Setup and then touch Offset Adjust the Ch1 Offset to 0 25 V using the multipurpose knob 5 Setthe Vertical SCALE to 100 mV per division 6 Set the time base Set the horizontal SCALE to 200 us di
293. vironment service technician should wear cotton gloves to prevent finger oils from contaminating any surfaces of the display glass a Disconnect cables J1 and J7 from the Display Adapter circuit board b Separate the assembly by carefully prying the Touch panel outer assembly from the Display inner assembly Use fingers in the finger reliefs to pull out on the Touch panel assembly 6 28 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Access notches top and bottom AS D module Figure 6 13 Touch panel and LCD assembly removal 5 Reinstallation Do in reverse steps 1 through 5 to reinstall the Display assembly Display Adapter Board 1 Locate module to be removed Locate the display adapter board in the locator diagram Internal Modules Figure 6 8 on page 6 21 Additional modules to be Removed m Trim front panel amp top m Display assembly 2 Remove the Display Adapter Board See Figure 6 14 on page 6 30 a Disconnect cables J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 and J7 from the Display Adapter board b Remove the three T 15 Torxdrive screws that secure the Display Adapter circuit board to the Display assembly Remove the Display Adapter from the assembly 3 Reinstallation Do in reverse steps a and b to reinstall the board CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service M
294. vision 100 mV div to 1 V div 2 5 2 x net offset 10V reading net offset offset accuracy 0 08 division x V division CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 1 7 Specifications Table 1 2 Channel input and vertical specifications Cont Characteristic Delta voltage measurement between any 2 mV div to 3 98 mV div two averages of gt gt 16 waveforms acquired under the same setup and ambient conditions Nonlinearity typical 4 Analog bandwidth Analog bandwidth with P7240 active probe or TCA BNC adapter typical CSA7404B amp TDS7404B Description 8 6 net offset 1V reading 0 16 division x V division setting 4 mV div to 99 5 mV div 2 5 296 x net offset 1V reading 0 16 division x V division setting 100 mV div to 1 V div 2 5 296 x net offset 10V reading 0 16 division x V division setting Net offset is the nominal voltage that must be applied to the channel to bring the trace to center screen Net offset offset position X volts division and is expressed in volts lt 1 digitization level DL differential lt 2 DL integral independently based DC 50 Q coupling Full bandwidth TCA SMA or TCA N adapter operating ambient 15 0 C for TDS7154B and CSA7154 to 50 59 F to 122 F derated by 30 MHz C below 15 C 59 F SCALE range Bandwidth 2 mV div to
295. wer Cord Front Panel Knobs Trim all Bottom cover Left and Right covers Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed Locate the power switch line fuses and AC power cord connector in Figure 6 1 page 6 12 The instrument has a built in soft power off function that safely removes power from most of the instrument when you press the On Standby switch Power off the rear panel power switch before servicing the line fuse or power cord Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its bottom is down on the work surface and its rear is facing you Remove line cord Find the line cord on the rear cover Pull the line cord away to remove from the AC power connector Reverse procedure to reinstall Remove the line fuse Find the fuse caps on the rear panel Now remove the fuse cap by turning it counterclockwise using a flat bladed screwdriver and remove the line fuse Reverse procedure to reinstall Reinstallation Do in reverse steps 6 and 5 to reinstall the line cord and then the line fuse CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 11 Removal and Installation Procedures i 582 ce AC did cord 5 e connector TR switch Line fuses Line fuse holder Figure 6 1 Line fuse and line cord removal Front Panel Knobs Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed 2 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its bottom is down on the
296. work surface and its front is facing you 3 Remove the knob s Grasp any knob you want to remove and pull it straight out from the front panel removing the knob See Figure 6 2 4 Reinstallation To reinstall align knob to shaft and push it in until it snaps CAUTION To prevent damage to the encoders located on the circuit board apply pressure to the encoders while pushing the knob on the shaft 6 12 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Figure 6 2 Knob removal CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 13 Removal and Installation Procedures Trim and Carrying Handle 1 Locate module to be removed Locate the Trim in the locator diagram See Figure 6 7 page 6 20 Remove the carrying handle and the right left side trim panels Use Figure 6 3 page 6 15 as a guide a Remove the T 15 Torx screws that secure the handle to the instrument Remove the handle from the instrument During reassembly tighten the screws to 8 to 10 inch pounds of torque b Slide the side trim panels towards the rear of the instrument allowing the tabs to clear the cover openings then pull out to remove the panels from the instrument Remove the front panel trim Use Figure 6 3 page 6 15 as a guide a To prevent the power button from falling out of the front panel trim place a piece of tape over the button b Grasp the
297. ws checks those characteristics of the output signals that are listed as checked under Warranted Characteristics in Specifications 4 106 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Performance Tests Check Outputs CH 3 Signal Out and Aux Trigger Out Equipment Two precision 50 2 coaxial cables Item 4 required One calibration generator Item 10 Two SMA male to female BNC adapter Item 19 Prerequisites See page 4 17 Also the instrument must have passed Check DC Voltage Measurement Accuracy on page 4 45 l Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls CSA7000B Instrument Calibration generator To AUX OUT gt 50 Q Coaxial cables TDS7000B oscilloscope Calibration generator opooooo 888 olg ese 8 o o 258 ere 7e tJ To AUX OUT 50 Q Coaxial cables Figure 4 29 Initial test hookup a Hook up test signal source 1 See Figure 4 29 m Connect the standard amplitude output of a calibration generator through a 50 precision coaxial cable to CH 3 through an adapter m Set the calibration generator to output a 0 500 V square wave CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 4 107 Performance Tests b Hook up test signal source 2 Connect the Aux Out to CH 2 through a 50 Q precision cable and
298. y up Q AP 407700 7 220 WO 4 7 2 9 3 Trim removal Figure 6 6 15 CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Bottom Cover 6 16 1 Remove the bottom cover See Figure 6 4 page 6 16 2 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its top is down on the work surface and its bottom is facing you a Remove the four T 15 Torx screws that secure the bottom cover to the instrument b Remove the bottom cover from the instrument 3 Reinstallation Do in reverse steps a and b to reinstall the bottom cover T 15 Torx screw 4 Figure 6 4 Bottom cover removal SOEUR SS E p A QE OMS RSS OF CO SURE NN SON Woo S Soci 94 Bottom cover x CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual Removal and Installation Procedures Covers 1 Remove the left and right covers See Figures 6 5 and 6 6 pages 6 18 and 6 19 m Trim all Bottom cover 2 Orient the instrument Set the instrument so its rear is on the work surface and the front of the instrument facing you NOTE All mounting screw holes are indicated by a star etched around the mounting hole a Remove the eleven T 15 Torx screws that secure the covers to the top and both sides of the chassis
299. yl alcohol and then lightly swab the surfaces of the connectors 5 Spray the clean compressed air on the connectors again to remove any loose particles or isopropyl alcohol 6 Blow clean compressed air through the UCI adapter before replacing it WARNING Before performing any procedure that follows power off the instrument and disconnect it from line voltage Interior Cleaning Use a dry low velocity stream of air to clean the interior of the chassis Use a soft bristle non static producing brush for cleaning around components If you must use a liquid for minor interior cleaning use a 75 isopropyl alcohol solution and rinse with deionized water CSA7404B TDS7704B TDS7404B TDS7254B amp TDS7154B Service Manual 6 3 Maintenance A Exterior Cleaning A Flat Panel Display Cleaning 6 4 WARNING Before performing any procedure that follows power down the instrument and disconnect it from line voltage Clean the exterior surfaces of the chassis with a dry lint free cloth or a soft bristle brush If any dirt remains use a cloth or swab dipped in a 75 isopropyl alcohol solution Use a swab to clean narrow spaces around controls and connectors Do not use abrasive compounds on any part of the chassis that may damage the chassis Clean the On Standby switch using a dampened cleaning towel Do not spray or wet the switch directly CAUTION Avoid the use of chemical cleaning agents which might da

CSA7404B, TDS7704B, TDS7404

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents